US20150265576A1 - Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto - Google Patents

Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20150265576A1
US20150265576A1 US14/634,218 US201514634218A US2015265576A1 US 20150265576 A1 US20150265576 A1 US 20150265576A1 US 201514634218 A US201514634218 A US 201514634218A US 2015265576 A1 US2015265576 A1 US 2015265576A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
phenyl
methyl
pyrazol
amino
ethoxy
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/634,218
Inventor
Bradley Teegarden
Dennis Chapman
Juyi Choi
Konrad Feichtinger
Sangdon Han
Honnappa Jayakumar
Thuy-Anh Tran
Jay Xu
Ning Zou
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Arena Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Arena Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Arena Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Arena Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US14/634,218 priority Critical patent/US20150265576A1/en
Publication of US20150265576A1 publication Critical patent/US20150265576A1/en
Assigned to ARENA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. reassignment ARENA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CHAPMAN, DENNIS, XU, JINGDONG, CHOI, JUYI, FEICHTINGER, KONRAD, HAN, SANGDON, TEEGARDEN, BRADLEY, JAYAKUMAR, HONNAPPA, TRAN, THUY-ANH, ZOU, NING
Priority to US15/236,722 priority patent/US9987252B2/en
Priority to US15/963,635 priority patent/US20190070149A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/415—1,2-Diazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/16—Halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • the present invention pertains to certain compounds of Formula (Ia) and pharmaceutical compositions thereof that modulate the activity of the 5-HT 2A serotonin receptor.
  • Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof are directed to methods useful in the treatment of platelet aggregation, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, atrial fibrillation, blood clot formation, asthma or symptoms thereof, agitation or a symptom thereof, behavioral disorders, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorder, organic or NOS psychosis, psychotic disorder, psychosis, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia, NOS schizophrenia and related disorders, sleep disorders, diabetic-related disorders, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy and the like.
  • the present invention also relates to the methods for the treatment of 5-HT 2A serotonin receptor associated disorders in combination with other pharmaceutical agents administered separately or together.
  • G Protein coupled receptors share a common structural motif. All these receptors have seven sequences of between 22 to 24 hydrophobic amino acids that form seven alpha helices, each of which spans the membrane. The transmembrane helices are joined by strands of amino acids having a larger loop between the fourth and fifth transmembrane helix on the extracellular side of the membrane. Another larger loop, composed primarily of hydrophilic amino acids, joins transmembrane helices five and six on the intracellular side of the membrane. The carboxy terminus of the receptor lies intracellularly with the amino terminus in the extracellular space. It is thought that the loop joining helices five and six, as well as, the carboxy terminus, interact with the G protein. Currently, Gq, Gs, Gi and Go are G proteins that have been identified.
  • G protein coupled receptors exist in the cell membrane in equilibrium between two different states or conformations: an “inactive” state and an “active” state.
  • a receptor in an inactive state is unable to link to the intracellular transduction pathway to produce a biological response.
  • Changing the receptor conformation to the active state allows linkage to the transduction pathway and produces a biological response.
  • a receptor may be stabilized in an active state by an endogenous ligand or an exogenous agonist ligand.
  • Recent discoveries such as, including but not exclusively limited to, modifications to the amino acid sequence of the receptor provide means other than ligands to stabilize the active state conformation. These means effectively stabilize the receptor in an active state by simulating the effect of a ligand binding to the receptor. Stabilization by such ligand-independent means is termed “constitutive receptor activation.”
  • Serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine, 5-HT) are an important class of G protein coupled receptors. Serotonin is thought to play a role in processes related to learning and memory, sleep, thermoregulation, mood, motor activity, pain, sexual and aggressive behaviors, appetite, neurodegenerative regulation, and biological rhythms. Not surprisingly, serotonin is linked to pathophysiological conditions such as anxiety, depression, obsessive compulsive disorders, schizophrenia, suicide, autism, migraine, emesis, alcoholism, and neurodegenerative disorders.
  • anti-psychotic treatment approaches focused on the serotonin receptors
  • these types of therapeutics can generally be divided into two classes, the “typical” and the “atypical.” Both have anti-psychotic effects, but the typicals also include concomitant motor-related side effects (extra pyramidal syndromes, e.g., lip-smacking, tongue darting, locomotor movement, etc). Such side effects are thought to be associated with the compounds interacting with other receptors, such as the human dopamine D 2 receptor in the nigro-striatal pathway. Therefore, an atypical treatment is preferred. Haloperidol is considered a typical anti-psychotic, and clozapine is considered an atypical anti-psychotic.
  • Serotonin receptors are divided into seven subfamilies, referred to as 5-HT 1 through 5-HT 7 , inclusive. These subfamilies are further divided into subtypes.
  • the 5-HT 2 subfamily is divided into three receptor subtypes: 5-HT 2A , 5-HT 2B , and 5-HT 2C .
  • the human 5-HT 2C receptor was first isolated and cloned in 1987, and the human 5-HT 2A receptor was first isolated and cloned in 1990. These two receptors are thought to be the site of action of hallucinogenic drugs. Additionally, antagonists to the 5-HT 2A and 5-HT 2C receptors are believed to be useful in treating depression, anxiety, psychosis, and eating disorders.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,985,352 describes the isolation, characterization, and expression of a functional cDNA clone encoding the entire human 5-HT 1C receptor (now known as the 5-HT 2C receptor).
  • U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,661,024 and 6,541,209 describe the isolation, characterization, and expression of a functional cDNA clone encoding the entire human 5-HT 2A receptor.
  • Casey describes a mutation of the cysteine residue at position 322 of the rat 5-HT 2A receptor to lysine (C322K), glutamine (C322Q), and arginine (C322R) which reportedly led to constitutive activation.
  • Herrick-Davis 1 and Herrick-Davis 2 describe mutations of the serine residue at position 312 of the rat 5-HT 2C receptor to phenylalanine (S312F) and lysine (S312K), which reportedly led to constitutive activation.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ia):
  • X is O or S
  • V is O or NH
  • W is C 1-4 alkylene optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 1-3 haloalkyl, halogen, oxo and imino, wherein the C 1-3 alkyl is optionally substituted with C 1-3 alkylsulfonyl;
  • Z is C 1-4 alkylene optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, carboxy, cyano, C 1-3 haloalkyl, halogen and oxo; or Z is absent;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl and C 3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 haloalkylsulfony
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, halogen, heteroaryl and phenyl; and wherein each of the C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl and phenyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-5 acyl, C 1-5 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C
  • R 4a is H
  • R 4b is H, or a mono-valent-metabolically-labile group
  • R 4a and R 4b together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded form a divalent-metabolically-labile group
  • R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are each selected independently from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkylimino, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkylsulf
  • R 8 is C 1-8 -alkyl, aryl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl each optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkylimino, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyloxy, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkyl
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for modulating the activity of a 5-HT 2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating a 5-HT 2A associated disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating a 5-HT 2A serotonin receptor associated disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein wherein R 4b is a mono-valent-metabolically-labile group.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating a 5-HT 2A serotonin receptor associated disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a prodrug whereby the prodrug undergoes a conversion into a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein wherein R 4a and R 4b are both H and the conversion takes place within the body of the individual.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to processes for preparing a composition comprising admixing a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of a compound of the present invention for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder, as described herein, in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • FIG. 1 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediate compounds of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 shows a general coupling method between a pyrazole boronic acid and an aryl triflate, it is understood that similar coupling methods known in the art can also be used, and a halide, such as, I, Br or Cl, can be used in place of the triflate.
  • FIG. 2 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediate compounds of the present invention wherein “V” is oxygen.
  • FIG. 2 shows a general coupling method between a pyrazole boronic acid and a phenyl halide using coupling methods known in the art, such as a Suzuki coupling, and the like.
  • the phenol protecting group is removed and a variety of —W—NR 4a R 4b groups can be introduced.
  • the alkyl amide protecting group can be hydrolyzed to provide the amine intermediate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediate compounds of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates general methods for introducing a variety of halogens to compounds of the invention. It is understood that these halogenation reactions can also be conducted later in the synthesis, for example as the last step.
  • FIG. 4 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediate compounds of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 shows the general reactions, such as, alkylation and Mitsunobu-like reactions, for introducing the —W—NR 4a R 4b group.
  • FIG. 5 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of compounds of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 shows the general coupling reactions of the amino-intermediate with carboxylic acids, acyl halides, and the like.
  • FIG. 6 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediates and compounds of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the general methods for preparing pyrazoles of the present invention using substituted and unsubstituted hydrazines.
  • FIG. 7 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of compounds of the invention wherein the —W—NR 4a R 4b group is introduced in the last step(s).
  • FIG. 7 shows the general reactions, such as, alkylation and Mitsunobu-like reactions, for introducing the —W—NR 4a R 4b group.
  • FIG. 8 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of compounds of the invention wherein V is NH in Formula (Ia) and the —W—NR 4a R 4b group is introduced in the last step(s).
  • FIG. 8 shows the general reactions, such as, alkylation reactions, for introducing the —W—NR 4a R 4b group wherein V is NH.
  • agonists shall mean moieties that interact and activate the receptor, such as the 5-HT 2A receptor, and initiates a physiological or pharmacological response characteristic of that receptor. For example, when moieties activate the intracellular response upon binding to the receptor, or enhance GTP binding to membranes.
  • antagonist is intended to mean moieties that competitively bind to the receptor at the same site as agonists (for example, the endogenous ligand), but which do not activate the intracellular response initiated by the active form of the receptor, and can thereby inhibit the intracellular responses by agonists or partial agonists. Antagonists do not diminish the baseline intracellular response in the absence of an agonist or partial agonist.
  • contact or contacting is intended to mean bringing the indicated moieties together, whether in an in vitro system or an in vivo system.
  • “contacting” a 5HT 2A receptor with a compound of the invention includes the administration of a compound of the present invention to an individual, preferably a human, having a 5HT 2A receptor, as well as, for example, introducing a compound of the invention into a sample containing a cellular or more purified preparation containing a 5HT 2A receptor.
  • the term “mono-valent-metabolically-labile group” as used herein refers to any group that, following administration of a compound containing the group to an individual, is converted in vivo to a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R 4b is H.
  • the conversion of the “first metabolically-liable group” can be by metabolic and/or chemical processes and can occur in one step or through a series of two or more steps.
  • a “mono-valent-metabolically-labile group” include, but are not limited to, —C( ⁇ O)O—R 4c (thus, together with the nitrogen forms a carbamate), —C( ⁇ O)—R 4c (together with the nitrogen forms an amide), and the like, wherein R 4c is C 1-18 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1-6 alkyl
  • the “mono-valent-metabolically-labile group” is C 1-12 acyl, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, or C( ⁇ O)O-aryl, wherein the C 1-12 acyl, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, and —C( ⁇ O)O-aryl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkylimino, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, halogen, nitro, and phenyl; or R 4b is —C( ⁇ O)OCR a R b OC( ⁇ O)R c , wherein R a , R b and R c are each independently selected from H, or C 1-6 alkyl.
  • a “mono-valent-metabolically-labile group” i.e., R 4b
  • R 4b can serve to improve efficacy or safety through improved oral bioavailability, or pharmacodynamic half-life, etc.
  • the term “in need of treatment” is intended to mean a judgment made by a caregiver (e.g. physician, nurse, nurse practitioner, etc. in the case of humans; veterinarian in the case of animals, including non-human mammals) that an individual or animal requires or will benefit from treatment. This judgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm of a caregiver's expertise, but that includes the knowledge that the individual or animal is ill, or will become ill, as the result of a disease, condition or disorder that is treatable by the compounds of the invention. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used in a protective or preventive manner; or compounds of the invention can be used to alleviate, inhibit or ameliorate the disease, condition or disorder.
  • a caregiver e.g. physician, nurse, nurse practitioner, etc. in the case of humans; veterinarian in the case of animals, including non-human mammals
  • mice rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans.
  • inverse agonists is intended to mean moieties that bind the endogenous form of the receptor or to the constitutively activated form of the receptor, and which inhibit the baseline intracellular response initiated by the active form of the receptor below the normal base level of activity which is observed in the absence of agonists or partial agonists, or decrease GTP binding to membranes.
  • the baseline intracellular response is inhibited in the presence of the inverse agonist by at least 30%, more preferably by at least 50%, and most preferably by at least 75%, as compared with the baseline response in the absence of the inverse agonist.
  • isolated refers to material that is removed from its original environment (e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring).
  • a metabolite that is formed from a parent compound present in a natural system e.g. individual
  • the same metabolite, separated from some or all of the coexisting materials in the natural system is considered isolated.
  • the metabolite that is prepared by synthetic means is also considered isolated.
  • modulate or modulating is intended to mean an increase or decrease in the amount, quality, response or effect of a particular activity, function or molecule.
  • composition is intended to mean a composition comprising at least one active ingredient; including but not limited to, salts, solvates and hydrates of compounds of Formula (Ia); whereby the composition is amenable to investigation for a specified, efficacious outcome in a mammal (for example, without limitation, a human).
  • a mammal for example, without limitation, a human.
  • prodrug refers to any compound that when administered to a biological system (e.g., in vivo in an individual, and the like) generates a compound of Formula (Ia), wherein R 4a and R 4b are both H, as a result of chemical reaction(s), enzyme catalyzed chemical reaction(s), and/or metabolic chemical reaction(s).
  • compounds of the present invention can be converted to “pro-drugs.”
  • pro-drugs refer to compounds that have been modified with specific chemical groups known in the art and when administered into an individual these groups undergo biotransformation to give the parent compound.
  • Pro-drugs can thus be viewed as compounds of the invention containing one or more specialized non-toxic protective groups used in a transient manner to alter or to eliminate a property of the compound.
  • the “pro-drug” approach is utilized to facilitate oral absorption.
  • T. Higuchi and V. Stella “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • divalent-metabolically-labile group refers to any group that comprises R 4a and R 4b together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded and following administration of a compound containing the group, is converted in vivo to a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R 4a and R 4b are both H.
  • the conversion of the “second metabolically-liable group” can be by metabolic and/or chemical processes and can occur in one step or through a series of two or more steps.
  • a “divalent-metabolically-labile group” include, but are not limited to, when R 4a and R 4b together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded form a heterocyclic group optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkyl, C
  • a “divalent-metabolically-labile group” (i.e., related to when R 4a and R 4b together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded) can serve to improve efficacy or safety through improved oral bioavailability, or pharmacodynamic half-life, etc.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount is intended to mean the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of the following:
  • Preventing the disease for example, preventing a disease, condition or disorder in an individual that may be predisposed to the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease,
  • Inhibiting the disease for example, inhibiting a disease, condition or disorder in an individual that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology), and
  • Ameliorating the disease for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology).
  • C 1-6 alkyl refers to an alkyl group containing one, two, three, four, five, or six carbons, and all possible isomers.
  • C 1-12 acyl denotes a C 1-12 alkyl radical attached to a carbonyl wherein alkyl has the same definition as described herein, some embodiments are when acyl is C 1-6 acyl, some embodiments are when acyl is C 1-5 acyl; some examples include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, n-butanoyl, iso-butanoyl, sec-butanoyl, t-butanoyl (i.e., pivaloyl), pentanoyl and the like.
  • C 1-12 acyloxy denotes an acyl radical attached to an oxygen atom wherein acyl has the same definition has described herein; some embodiments are when acyloxy is C 1-11 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C 1-10 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C 1-8 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C 1-6 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C 1-5 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C 1-4 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C 10-12 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C 8-10 acyloxy.
  • Some examples include, but are not limited to, acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butanoyloxy, iso-butanoyloxy, sec-butanoyloxy, t-butanoyloxy, pentanoyloxy, hexanoyloxy, heptanoyloxy, octanoyloxy, nonanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, undecanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, and the like.
  • C 2-6 alkenyl denotes a radical containing 2 to 6 carbons wherein at least one carbon-carbon double bond is present, some embodiments are 2 to 4 carbons, some embodiments are 2 to 3 carbons, and some embodiments have 2 carbons. Both E and Z isomers are embraced by the term “alkenyl.” Furthermore, the term “alkenyl” includes di- and tri-alkenyls. Accordingly, if more than one double bond is present then the bonds may be all E or Z or a mixtures of E and Z.
  • alkenyl examples include vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexanyl, 2,4-hexadienyl and the like.
  • C 1-6 alkoxy denotes an alkyl radical, as defined herein, attached directly to an oxygen atom. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, t-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy and the like.
  • C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino denotes the group represented by the formula:
  • C 1-6 alkyl has the same definition as found herein.
  • Examples of C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino include methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, isopropoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino, tert-butoxycarbonylamino, butoxycarbonylamino, and the like.
  • C 1-8 alkyl denotes a straight or branched carbon radical containing 1 to 8 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 6 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 4 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 3 carbons, and some embodiments are 1 or 2 carbons.
  • alkyl examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, iso-pentyl, t-pentyl, neo-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl [i.e., —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ], 2-methylbutyl [i.e., —CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ], n-hexyl and the like.
  • C 1-6 alkylcarboxamido or “C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide” denotes a single C 1-6 alkyl group attached to the nitrogen of an amide group, wherein alkyl has the same definition as found herein.
  • the C 1-6 alkylcarboxamido may be represented by the following:
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, N-methylcarboxamide, N-ethylcarboxamide, N-n-propylcarboxamide, N-iso-propylcarboxamide, N-n-butylcarboxamide, N-sec-butylcarboxamide, N-iso-butylcarboxamide, N-t-butylcarboxamide and the like.
  • C 1-4 alkylene refers to a C 1-4 divalent straight carbon group containing 1 to 4 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 3 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 2 carbons.
  • alkylene refers to, for example, —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —, and the like.
  • C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl denotes a C 1-6 alkyl radical attached to a sulfoxide radical of the formula: —S(O)— wherein the alkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, n-propylsulfinyl, iso-propylsulfinyl, n-butylsulfinyl, sec-butylsulfinyl, iso-butylsulfinyl, t-butylsulfinyl, and the like.
  • C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide refers to the groups shown below:
  • C 1-6 alkyl has the same definition as described herein.
  • C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl denotes a C 1-6 alkyl radical attached to a sulfone radical of the formula: —S(O) 2 — wherein the alkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, iso-propylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl, iso-butylsulfonyl, t-butylsulfonyl, and the like.
  • C 1-6 alkylthio denotes a C 1-6 alkyl radical attached to a sulfide of the formula: —S— wherein the alkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfanyl (i.e., CH 3 S—), ethylsulfanyl, n-propylsulfanyl, iso-propylsulfanyl, n-butylsulfanyl, sec-butylsulfanyl, iso-butylsulfanyl, t-butylsulfanyl, and the like.
  • methylsulfanyl i.e., CH 3 S—
  • ethylsulfanyl ethylsulfanyl
  • n-propylsulfanyl iso-propylsulfanyl
  • n-butylsulfanyl sec-butylsulfanyl
  • C 1-6 alkylthiocarboxamide denotes a thioamide of the following formulae:
  • C 1-4 alkyl has the same definition as described herein.
  • C 1-6 alkylureyl denotes the group of the formula: —NC(O)N— wherein one or both of the nitrogens are substituted with the same or different C 1-6 alkyl group wherein alkyl has the same definition as described herein.
  • alkylureyl include, but are not limited to, CH 3 NHC(O)NH—, NH 2 C(O)NCH 3 —, (CH 3 ) 2 NC(O)NH—, (CH 3 ) 2 NC(O)NH—, (CH 3 ) 2 NC(O)NCH 3 —, CH 3 CH 2 NHC(O)NH—, CH 3 CH 2 NHC(O)NCH 3 —, and the like.
  • C 2-6 alkynyl denotes a radical containing 2 to 6 carbons and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, some embodiments are 2 to 4 carbons, some embodiments are 2 to 3 carbons, and some embodiments have 2 carbons.
  • alkynyl examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl and the like.
  • alkynyl includes di- and tri-ynes.
  • amino denotes the group —NH 2 .
  • C 1-6 alkylamino denotes one alkyl radical attached to an amino radical wherein the alkyl radical has the same meaning as described herein. Some examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, iso-propylamino, n-butylamino, sec-butylamino, iso-butylamino, t-butylamino, and the like. Some embodiments are “C 1-2 alkylamino.”
  • aryl denotes a 6- to 12-membered mono- or bicyclic ring system containing only ring carbons wherein at least one ring is aromatic. Examples include phenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalen-1-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-yl, indan-4-yl, naphtha-1-yl, naphtha-2-yl, and the like.
  • arylalkyl defines a C 1 -C 4 alkylene, such as —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 — and the like, which is further substituted with an aryl group.
  • Examples of an “arylalkyl” include benzyl, phenethylene and the like.
  • arylcarboxamido denotes a single aryl group attached to the nitrogen of an amide group, wherein aryl has the same definition as found herein.
  • the example is N-phenylcarboxamide.
  • arylureyl denotes the group —NC(O)N— where one of the nitrogens are substituted with an aryl.
  • benzyl denotes the group —CH 2 C 6 H 5 .
  • bicyclic refers to two C 4-7 cyclalkyl groups that share two ring carbons thus forming either a fused or bridged ring.
  • Bicyclic examples include, but not limited to, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentyl, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl, and the like.
  • carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy refers to a C 1-6 alkyl ester of a carboxylic acid, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, carbomethoxy, carboethoxy, carbopropoxy, carboisopropoxy, carbobutoxy, carbo-sec-butoxy, carbo-iso-butoxy, carbo-t-butoxy, carbo-n-pentoxy, carbo-iso-pentoxy, carbo-t-pentoxy, carbo-neo-pentoxy, carbo-n-hexyloxy, and the like.
  • carboxylate refers to the group —CONH 2 .
  • carboxy or “carboxyl” denotes the group —CO 2 H; also referred to as a carboxylic acid group.
  • cyano denotes the group —CN.
  • C 4-7 cycloalkenyl denotes a non-aromatic ring radical containing 4 to 7 ring carbons and at least one double bond; some embodiments contain 4 to 6 carbons; some embodiments contain 4 to 5 carbons; some embodiments contain 4 carbons. Examples include cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
  • C 3-10 cycloalkyl denotes a saturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring radical containing 3 to 8 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 7 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 6 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 5 carbons; some embodiments contain 5 to 7 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 4 carbons. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, and the like.
  • C 3-7 cycloalkylcarbonyl denotes a C 3-7 cycloalkyl group, as described herein, bonded to the carbon of a carbonyl group (i.e., —C( ⁇ O)—).
  • Examples of the C 3-7 cycloalkylcarbonyl group include, but not limited to, cyclopropylcarbonyl, cyclobutylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, and the like.
  • C 3-6 cycloalkylene refers to a divalent cycloalkyl radical, where cycloalkyl is as defined herein, containing 3 to 6 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 5 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 4 carbons.
  • the C 3-6 cycloalkylene group has the two bonding groups on the same ring carbon, for example:
  • the C 3-6 cycloalkylene group has the two bonding groups on different ring carbons. It is understood that when the two groups of the C 3-6 cycloalkylene group are on different ring carbons they may be cis or trans or mixtures thereof with respect to each other.
  • C 2-8 dialkylamino denotes an amino substituted with two of the same or different C 1-4 alkyl radicals wherein alkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Some examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, methylpropylamino, methylisopropylamino, ethylpropylamino, ethylisopropylamino, dipropylamino, propylisopropylamino and the like. Some embodiments are “C 2-4 dialkylamino.”
  • C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamido or “C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide” denotes two alkyl radicals, that are the same or different, attached to an amide group, wherein alkyl has the same definition as described herein.
  • a C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamido may be represented by the following groups:
  • dialkylcarboxamide examples include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylcarboxamide, N-methyl-N-ethylcarboxamide, N,N-diethylcarboxamide, N-methyl-N-isopropylcarboxamide, and the like.
  • C 2-8 dialkylsulfonamide refers to one of the following groups shown below:
  • C 1-4 has the same definition as described herein, for example but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and the like.
  • C 2-8 dialkylthiocarboxamido or “C 2-8 dialkylthiocarbox-amide” denotes two alkyl radicals, that are the same or different, attached to a thioamide group, wherein alkyl has the same definition as described herein.
  • a C 2-8 dialkylthiocarboxamido or C 2-8 dialkylthiocarboxamide may be represented by the following groups:
  • dialkylthiocarboxamide examples include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylthiocarboxamide, N-methyl-N-ethylthiocarboxamide and the like.
  • C 1-6 haloalkoxy denotes a C 1-6 haloalkyl, as defined herein, which is directly attached to an oxygen atom. Examples include, but are not limited to, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy and the like.
  • C 1-6 haloalkyl denotes an C 1-6 alkyl group, defined herein, wherein the alkyl is substituted with one halogen up to fully substituted and a fully substituted C 1-6 haloalkyl can be represented by the formula C n L 2n+1 wherein L is a halogen and “n” is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; when more than one halogen is present then they may be the same or different and selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I, in some embodiments, the halogen is F.
  • haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl and the like.
  • C 1-6 haloalkylcarboxamide denotes an C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide group, defined herein, wherein the alkyl is substituted with one halogen up to fully substituted represented by the formula C n L 2n+1 wherein L is a halogen and “n” is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
  • n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
  • F, Cl, Br and I preferably F.
  • C 1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl denotes a C 1-6 haloalkyl radical attached to a sulfoxide group of the formula: —S(O)— wherein the haloalkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethylsulfinyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethylsulfinyl, 2,2-difluoroethylsulfinyl and the like.
  • C 1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl denotes a C 1-6 haloalkyl radical attached to a sulfone group of the formula: —S(O) 2 — wherein haloalkyl has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethylsulfonyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethylsulfonyl, 2,2-difluoroethylsulfonyl and the like.
  • C 1-6 haloalkylthio denotes a C 1-6 haloalkyl radical directly attached to a sulfur wherein the haloalkyl has the same meaning as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethylthio (i.e., CF 3 S—, also referred to as trifluoromethylsulfanyl), 1,1-difluoroethylthio, 2,2,2-trifluoroethylthio and the like.
  • halogen or “halo” denotes to a fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo group.
  • heteroaryl denotes a 6- to 12-membered mono- or bicyclic ring system wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom and at least one ring is aromatic. Examples of a heteroatom include, O, S, N and the like. In some embodiments, N is optionally substituted, for example, H, or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, benzofuranyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, 1H-benzimidazolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, 1H-benzoimidazol-2-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-7-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofurn-7-yl, 2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, and the like. Other examples include, but are not limited to, those in TABLE 1, TABLE 2, and the like.
  • heterobicyclic denotes a non-aromatic bicyclic ring, as described herein, wherein 1, 2, or 3 ring carbons are replaced with a heteroatom selected from, but are not limited to, the group consisting of O, S, S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 , and NH, wherein the nitrogen can be optionally substituted, and 1 or 2 ring carbons can be optionally substituted with oxo or thiooxo thus together form a carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group respectively.
  • heterobicyclic group include, but are not limited to, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, 7-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl, and the like.
  • heterocyclic denotes a 3- to 12-membered mono- or bicyclic non-aromatic ring system wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom.
  • heteroatom is selected from, but are not limited to, the group consisting of O, S, S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 , NH, wherein the N of the heterocyclic can be optionally substituted as described herein, in some embodiments, the nitrogen is optionally substituted with C 1-4 acyl or C 1-4 alkyl, and ring carbon atoms optionally substituted with oxo or a thiooxo thus forming a carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group can be bonded at any available ring atom, for example, ring carbon, ring nitrogen, and the like.
  • the heterocyclic group is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered containing ring.
  • Examples of a heterocyclic group include, but are not limited to, aziridin-1-yl, aziridin-2-yl, azetidin-1-yl, azetidin-2-yl, azetidin-3-yl, piperidin-1-yl, piperidin-2-yl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, morpholin-2-yl, morpholin-3-yl, morpholin-4-yl, piperzin-1-yl, piperzin-2-yl, piperzin-3-yl, piperzin-4-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-2-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, [1,3]-diox
  • hydroxyl refers to the group —OH.
  • nitro refers to the group —NO 2 .
  • oxo refers to the substituent ⁇ O, accordingly, when a carbon is substituted by an oxo group the new group resulting from the carbon and oxo together is a carbonyl group.
  • phenoxy refers to the group C 6 H 5 O—.
  • phenyl refers to the group C 6 H 5 —.
  • sulfonic acid refers to the group —SO 3 H.
  • thiol denotes the group —SH.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ia):
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4a , R 4b , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , V, W, X, and Z have the same definitions as described herein, supra and infra.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ia) wherein:
  • R 4a is H
  • R 4b is H, C 1-12 acyl, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, or C( ⁇ O)O-aryl, wherein the C 1-12 acyl, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, and —C( ⁇ O)O-aryl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkylimino, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, halogen, nitro, and phenyl;
  • R 4b is —C( ⁇ O)OCR a R b OC( ⁇ O)R c , wherein R a , R b and R c are each independently selected from H, or C 1-6 alkyl.
  • the present invention pertains to compounds of Formula (Ia), as described herein, that are isolated.
  • the present invention pertains to compounds of Formula (Ia), as described herein, that are isolated outside the body of an individual.
  • isolated compounds of Formula (Ia) have a purity of greater than about 0.1%, about 1%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98%, or about 99%.
  • the present invention pertains to compounds of Formula (Ia), as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or N-oxide thereof.
  • substituted indicates that at least one hydrogen atom of the chemical group is replaced by a non-hydrogen substituent or group, the non-hydrogen substituent or group can be monovalent or divalent. When the substituent or group is divalent, then it is understood that this group is further substituted with another substituent or group.
  • a chemical group herein when “substituted” it may have up to the full valance of substitution; for example, a methyl group can be substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents, a methylene group can be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents, a phenyl group can be substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, a naphthyl group can be substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 substituents and the like.
  • substituted with one or more substituents refers to the substitution of a group with one substituent up to the total number of substituents physically allowed by the group. Further, when a group is substituted with more than one group they can be identical or they can be different.
  • Tautomeric forms can be in equilibrium or sterically locked into one form by appropriate substitution. It is understood that the various tautomeric forms are within the scope of the compounds of the present invention.
  • Compounds of the invention can also include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the intermediates and/or final compounds.
  • Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
  • isotopes of hydrogen include deuterium and tritium.
  • compounds of the present invention may have one or more chiral centers, and therefore can exist as enantiomers and/or diastereomers.
  • the invention is understood to extend to and embrace all such enantiomers, diastereomers and mixtures thereof, including but not limited, to racemates.
  • some embodiments of the present invention pertain to compounds of the present invention that are R enantiomers.
  • some embodiments of the present invention pertain to compounds of the present invention that are S enantiomers.
  • some embodiments of the present invention include compounds that are RS or SR enantiomers.
  • compounds of the present invention are RR or SS enantiomers. It is understood that compounds of the present invention are intended to represent all possible individual enantiomers and mixtures thereof just as if each had been individually named with the structure provided, unless stated or shown otherwise.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ic):
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ie):
  • X is O.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ig):
  • X is S.
  • V is O.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ik):
  • V is NH
  • X is O and V is O.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Im):
  • X is O and V is NH.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Io):
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 1-3 haloalkyl, oxo and imino, wherein the C 1-3 alkyl is optionally substituted with C 1-3 alkylsulfonyl.
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH 3 , cyclohexyl, —CH 2 CH 2 S( ⁇ O) 2 CH 3 , cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • Z is absent.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ip):
  • Z is —CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 — each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkoxy and oxo.
  • Z is —CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, or —CH(OCH 3 )—.
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is —CH 3 .
  • R 1 is H.
  • tautomeric forms can also have corresponding nomenclature for each represented tautomer, for example, the pyrazol-3-yl groups in Formula (Ir) and Formula (It) can be represented by the general chemical names 1H-pyrazol-3-yl and 2H-pyrazol-3-yl respectively. Therefore, the present invention includes all tautomers and the various nomenclature designations.
  • R 2 is H.
  • R 3 is H or halogen.
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br.
  • R 4a is H.
  • R 4a and R 4b are both H.
  • R 4a is H
  • R 4b is C 1-12 acyl
  • R 4a is H
  • R 4b is carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy.
  • R 4a is H
  • R 4b is —C( ⁇ O)OCR a R b OC( ⁇ O)R c , wherein R a , R b and R c are each independently selected from H or CH 3 .
  • R 5 is H.
  • R 6 is H.
  • R 7 is H.
  • R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are each H.
  • R 8 is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkylamino, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyloxy, halogen, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with heterocyclyl.
  • R 8 is phenyl or naphthyl each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —C( ⁇ O)CH 3 , —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —NHC( ⁇ O)CH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , cyano, —O-cyclopentyl, F, Cl, Br, —OCH 2 CF 3 , —OCF 3 , —OCF 2 CF 3 , —CF 3 , thiophen-2-yl, and 1,1-dioxo-1 ⁇ 6 -thiomorpholin-4-yl-CH 2 —.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-chloro-phenyl, 3-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-methoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3,4-dichloro-phenyl, 2-methyl-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-ethoxy-phenyl, 3-chloro-phenyl, 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, and 4-methyl-phenyl.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of 2-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-cyano-phenyl, 3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-methyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-ethyl-phenyl, 4-thiophen-2-yl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phen
  • R 8 is GA-alkyl
  • R 8 is ethyl or t-buyl.
  • R 8 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, halogen, heteroaryl, and phenyl, wherein the C 1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, and phenyl are each optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, halogen, and C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of octahydro-quinolin-1-yl, octahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl, 4-pyridin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl, 2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl, 4-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl, 2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl, 4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl, 5,6-dihydro-4H-pyrimidin-1-yl, and tetrahydro-furan-2-yl.
  • R 8 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting C 1-6 alkoxy, and halogen.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of 4-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl, 2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl, 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, 3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, and 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-benzo[b][1,4]diazepin-1-yl, 5-ch
  • R 8 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 1-6 alkylthio, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halogen, C 1-6 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, and the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen.
  • R 8 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 3 , —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —C(CH 3 ) 3 , —NHC( ⁇ O)CH 3 , —SCH 3 , cyano, cyclopropyl, F, Cl, Br, —CF 3 , hydroxyl, morpholin-4-yl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, and the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen.
  • heteroaryl is a 5-membered heteroaryl, for example, a 5-membered heteroaryl as shown in TABLE 1:
  • a imidazolyl ring can be bonded at one of the ring nitrogens (i.e., imidazol-1-yl group) or at one of the ring carbons (i.e., imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imiadazol-5-yl group).
  • heteroaryl is a 6-membered heteroaryl, for example, a 6-membered heteroaryl as shown in TABLE 2:
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-7-yl, 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl, benzotriazol-5-yl, 4-methyl-thiazol-5-yl, 5-isopropyl-isoxazol-3-yl, thiazol-4-yl, 4-methyl-oxazol-5-yl, 1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol
  • R 8 is benzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl, thiophen-3-yl, 1H-indol-3-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-pyrazol-1-yl, or 5-methyl-tetrazol-1-yl.
  • R 8 is C 3-10 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkoxy, halogen, and C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 8 is 3-methoxy-cyclohexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, 4-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl, 4,4-difluroro-cyclohexyl, or adamantanyl.
  • R 8 is 3-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 4-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl, or 4,4-difluroro-cyclohexyl.
  • R 8 is 3-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 4-methoxy-cyclohexyl, cyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl, or 4,4-difluroro-cyclohexyl.
  • R 8 is 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclopropyl.
  • R 8 is bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl or adamantanyl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa):
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 1-3 haloalkyl, oxo and imino, wherein the C 1-3 alkyl is optionally substituted with C 1-3 alkylsulfonyl;
  • Z is absent; or Z is —CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 — each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkoxy and oxo;
  • R 3 is H or halogen
  • R 4b is H, C 1-12 acyl, or carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, wherein the C 1-5 acyl, and carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy are each optionally substituted with halogen;
  • R 4b is —C( ⁇ O)OCR a R b OC( ⁇ O)R c , wherein R a , R b and R c are each independently selected from H, or C 1-6 alkyl; and
  • R 8 is C 1-8 -alkyl, aryl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkylthio, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyloxy, halogen, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkyl and phenyl are each optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from heterocyclyl and halogen.
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH 3 , cyclohexyl, —CH 2 CH 2 S( ⁇ O) 2 CH 3 , cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is —CH 2 —, —C( ⁇ O)—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, or —CH(OCH 3 )—;
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br
  • R 4b is H
  • R 8 is C 1-8 -alkyl, aryl, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkylthio, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyloxy, halogen, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, wherein the C 1-6 alkyl and phenyl are each optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from heterocyclyl and halogen.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH 3 , cyclohexyl, —CH 2 CH 2 S( ⁇ O) 2 CH 3 , cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is —CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 —;
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br
  • R 4b is H
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-chloro-phenyl, 3-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-methoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3,4-dichloro-phenyl, 2-methyl-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-ethoxy-phenyl, 3-chloro-phenyl, 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, and 4-methyl-phenyl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH 3 , cyclohexyl, —CH 2 CH 2 S( ⁇ O) 2 CH 3 , cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br
  • R 4b is H
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of 2-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-cyano-phenyl, 3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-methyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-ethyl-phenyl, 4-thiophen-2-yl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 —
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br
  • R 4b is H
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of 2-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-cyano-phenyl, 3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-methyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-ethyl-phenyl, 4-thiophen-2-yl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH 3 , cyclohexyl, —CH 2 CH 2 S( ⁇ O) 2 CH 3 , cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br
  • R 4b is H
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of octahydro-quinolin-1-yl, octahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl, 4-pyridin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl, 2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl, 4-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl, 2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl, 4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl, and 5,6-dihydro-4H-pyrimidin-1-yl, and tetrahydro-furan-2-yl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH 3 , cyclohexyl, —CH 2 CH 2 S( ⁇ O) 2 CH 3 , cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br
  • R 4b is H
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of 4-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl, 2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl, 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, 3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, and 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-benzo[b][1,4]diazepin-1-yl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH 3 , cyclohexyl, —CH 2 CH 2 S( ⁇ O) 2 CH 3 , cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br
  • R 4b is H
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-7-yl, 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl, benzotriazol-5-yl, 4-methyl-thiazol-5-yl, 5-isopropyl-isoxazol-3-yl, thiazol-4-yl, 4-methyl-oxazol-5-yl, 1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH 2 CH 2 — optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH 3 , cyclohexyl, —CH 2 CH 2 S( ⁇ O) 2 CH 3 , cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is absent or —CH 2 —
  • R 3 is H, Cl, or Br
  • R 4b is H
  • R 8 is 3-methoxy-cyclohexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, 4-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl, 4,4-difluroro-cyclohexyl, and adamantanyl.
  • a compound of the present invention is other than a compound of Formula (III):
  • V 2 is O, S, S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 or NR 30 ;
  • W 2 is C 1-4 alkylene optionally substituted with 1 to 8 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, carboxy, cyano, C 1-3 haloalkyl, halogen and oxo; or W is absent;
  • X 2 is C( ⁇ O), C( ⁇ S) or absent
  • Y 2 is O, NR 31 or absent
  • Z 2 is C 1-4 alkylene, or C 3-6 cycloalkylene, each optionally substituted with 1 to 8 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, carboxy, cyano, C 1-3 haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, and oxo; or Z is absent;
  • R 21 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl and C 3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R 22 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 haloalkylsulfony
  • R 23 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, halogen, heteroaryl and phenyl; and wherein each of the C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl and phenyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-5 acyl, C 1-5 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C
  • R 24 is heterobicyclic, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl each optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 acyl, C 1-12 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-4 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-4 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-4 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-4 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-4 alkylthio, C 1-4 alkylureyl, amino, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C 2-6 dialkylcarboxamide, formyl, halogen, C 1-4 haloalkoxy, C
  • R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 are each selected independently from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1- 6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkylimino, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C 1-6 haloalkoxy, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyls
  • R 28 is C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, aryl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, or heteroaryl each optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C 1-6 acyl, C 1-6 acyloxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1- 6 alkylamino, C 2-8 dialkylamino, C 1-6 alkylimino, carbo-C 1-6 -alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C 2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen,
  • R 29 , R 30 , and R 31 are each independently H or C 1-8 alkyl.
  • the present invention embraces each diastereomer, each enantiomer and mixtures thereof of each compound and generic Formulae disclosed herein just as if they were each individually disclosed with the specific stereochemical designation for each chiral atom, for example carbon. Separation of the individual isomers (such as, chiral HPLC, recrystallization of diastereomeric mixture, and the like) or selective synthesis (such as, enantiomeric selective synthesis, and the like) of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art.
  • the compounds of the Formula (Ia) of the present invention can be prepared according to the general synthetic schemes in FIGS. 1 through 8 as well as relevant published literature procedures that are used by one skilled in the art. Exemplary reagents and procedures for these reactions appear hereinafter in the working Examples. Protection and deprotection may be carried out by procedures generally known in the art (see, for example, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Edition, 1999 [Wiley]; incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
  • the compounds disclosed herein are believed to be useful in the treatment of several additional diseases and disorders, and in the amelioration of symptoms thereof. Without limitation, these include the following:
  • Antiplatelet agents are prescribed for a variety of conditions. For example, in coronary artery disease they are used to help prevent myocardial infarction or stroke in patients who are at risk of developing obstructive blood clots (e.g., coronary thrombosis).
  • obstructive blood clots e.g., coronary thrombosis
  • heart attack In a myocardial infarction (heart attack), the heart muscle does not receive enough oxygen-rich blood as a result of a blockage in the coronary blood vessels. If taken while an attack is in progress or immediately afterward (preferably within 30 minutes), antiplatelets can reduce the damage to the heart.
  • TIA transient ischemic attack
  • mini-stroke A transient ischemic attack
  • Antiplatelet drugs have been found to be effective in preventing TIAs.
  • Angina is a temporary and often recurring chest pain, pressure or discomfort caused by inadequate oxygen-rich blood flow (ischemia) to some parts of the heart.
  • ischemia oxygen-rich blood flow
  • antiplatelet therapy can reduce the effects of angina and the risk of myocardial infarction.
  • Stroke is an event in which the brain does not receive enough oxygen-rich blood, usually due to blockage of a cerebral blood vessel by a blood clot. In high-risk patients, taking antiplatelets regularly has been found to prevent the formation of blood clots that cause first or second strokes.
  • Angioplasty is a catheter based technique used to open arteries obstructed by a blood clot. Whether or not stenting is performed immediately after this procedure to keep the artery open, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of forming additional blood clots following the procedure(s).
  • Coronary bypass surgery is a surgical procedure in which an artery or vein is taken from elsewhere in the body and grafted to a blocked coronary artery, rerouting blood around the blockage and through the newly attached vessel. After the procedure, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of secondary blood clots.
  • Atrial fibrillation is the most common type of sustained irregular heart rhythm (arrythmia) Atrial fibrillation affects about two million Americans every year. In atrial fibrillation, the atria (the heart's upper chambers) rapidly fire electrical signals that cause them to quiver rather than contract normally. The result is an abnormally fast and highly irregular heartbeat. When given after an episode of atrial fibrillation, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of blood clots forming in the heart and traveling to the brain (embolism).
  • 5-HT 2A receptors are expressed on smooth muscle of blood vessels and 5-HT secreted by activated platelets causes vasoconstriction as well as activation of additional platelets during clotting.
  • 5-HT 2A inverse agonist will inhibit platelet aggregation and thus be a potential treatment as an antiplatelet therapy (see Satimura, K, et al., Clin Cardiol 2002 Jan. 25 (1):28-32; and Wilson, H. C et al., Thromb Haemost 1991 Sep. 2; 66(3):355-60).
  • 5-HT 2A inverse agonists can be used to treat, for example, claudication or peripheral artery disease as well as cardiovascular complications (see Br. Med. J. 298: 424-430, 1989), Arterial thrombosis (see, Pawlak, D. et al. Thrombosis Research 90: 259-270, 1998), atherosclerosis (see, Hayashi, T. et al. Atherosclerosis 168: 23-31, 2003), vasoconstriction, caused by serotonin (see, Fujiwara, T. and Chiba, S. Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology 26: 503-510, 1995), restenosis of arteries following angioplasty or stent placement (see, Fujita, M.
  • tPA see, Yamashita, T. et al. Haemostasis 30:321-332, 2000
  • tPA to provide cardioprotection following MI or postischemic myocardial dysfunction
  • Muto see, Muto, T. et al. Mol. Cell. Biochem. 272: 119-132, 2005
  • protection from ischemic injury during percutaneous coronary intervention see, Horibe, E. Circulation Research 68: 68-72, 2004, and the like, including complications resulting therefrom.
  • 5-HT 2A inverse antagonists can increase circulating adiponectin in patients, suggesting that they would also be useful in protecting patients against indications that are linked to adiponectin, for example, myocardial ischemia reperfusion injury and artherosclerosis (see Nomura, Shosaku, et al. Blood Coagulation and Fibrinolysis 2005, 16, 423-428).
  • the 5-HT 2A inverse agonists disclosed herein provide beneficial improvement in microcirculation to patients in need of antiplatelet therapy by antagonizing the vasoconstrictive products of the aggregating platelets in, for example and not limited to the indications described above. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for reducing platelet aggregation in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • the present invention provides methods for treating coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, atrial fibrillation, or a symptom of any of the foregoing in a patient in need of the treatment, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • the present invention provides methods for reducing risk of blood clot formation in an angioplasty or coronary bypass surgery patient, or a patient suffering from atrial fibrillation, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein at a time where such risk exists.
  • One aspect of the present invention provides a therapeutic agent for treating indications associated with the pathophysiology of platelet aggregation used in combination with compounds of the present invention as disclosed herein. Accordingly, compounds of the present invention can be used alone or in combination with other therapeutic agent(s), such as, thromboxane A2 blocker (aspirin and the like), and ADP-mediated platelet aggregation inhibitor (ticlopidine, clopidogrel, and the like) either administered together or separately.
  • thromboxane A2 blocker aspirin and the like
  • ADP-mediated platelet aggregation inhibitor ticlopidine, clopidogrel, and the like
  • 5-HT (5-hydroxytryptamine) has been linked to the pathophysiology of acute asthma (see Cazzola, M. and Matera, M. G., TIPS, 2000, 21, 13; and De Bie, J. J. et al., British J. Pharm., 1998, 124, 857-864).
  • the compounds of the present invention disclosed herein are useful in the treatment of asthma, and the treatment of the symptoms thereof. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating asthma in a patient in need of the treatment, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In further embodiments, methods are provided for treating a symptom of asthma in a patient in need of the treatment, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • Alzheimer's disease is a common occurrence in the elderly and often associated with dementia such as those caused by Alzheimer's disease, Lewy body, Parkinson's, and Huntington's, which are degenerative diseases of the nervous system and by diseases that affect blood vessels, such as stroke, or multi-infarct dementia, which is caused by multiple strokes in the brain can also induce dementia.
  • Alzheimer's disease accounts for approximately 50 to 70% of all dementias (See Koss E, et al., (1997), Assessing patterns of agitation in Alzheimer's disease patients with the Cohen-Mansfield Agitation Inventory. The Alzheimer's Disease Cooperative Study. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 11 (suppl 2):S45-S50).
  • Agitated behaviors can also be manifested in cognitively intact elderly people and by those with psychiatric disorders other than dementia.
  • the present invention provides methods for treating agitation in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • the agitation is due to a psychiatric disorder other than dementia.
  • the present invention provides methods for treatment of agitation or a symptom thereof in a patient suffering from dementia comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • the dementia is due to a degenerative disease of the nervous system, for example and without limitation, Alzheimers disease, Lewy body, Parkinson's disease, and Huntington's disease, or dementia due to diseases that affect blood vessels, including, without limitation, stroke and multi-infarct dementia.
  • methods are provided for treating agitation or a symptom thereof in a patient in need of such treatment, where the patient is a cognitively intact elderly patient, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • Schizophrenia is a psychopathic disorder of unknown origin, which usually appears for the first time in early adulthood and is marked by a number of characteristics, psychotic symptoms, progression, phasic development and deterioration in social behavior and professional capability in the region below the highest level ever attained.
  • Characteristic psychotic symptoms are disorders of thought content (multiple, fragmentary, incoherent, implausible or simply delusional contents or ideas of doctrine) and of mentality (loss of association, flight of imagination, incoherence up to incomprehensibility), as well as disorders of perceptibility (hallucinations), of emotions (superficial or inadequate emotions), of self-perception, of intentions and impulses, of interhuman relationships, and finally psychomotoric disorders (such as catatonia). Other symptoms are also associated with this disorder. (See, American Statistical and Diagnostic Handbook).
  • Haloperidol is a potent dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist. It is widely prescribed for acute schizophrenic symptoms, and is very effective for the positive symptoms of schizophrenia.
  • adding a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist concomitantly with Haldol will provide benefits including the ability to use a lower dose of Haldol without losing its effects on positive symptoms, while reducing or eliminating its inductive effects on negative symptoms, and prolonging relapse to the patient's next schizophrenic event.
  • the normal sleep cycle and sleep architecture can be disrupted by a variety of organic causes as well as environmental influences. According to the International Classification of Sleep Disorders, there are over 80 recognized sleep disorders. Of these, compounds of the present invention are effective, for example, in any one or more of the following sleep disorders (ICSD—International Classification of Sleep Disorders: Diagnostic and Coding Manual. Diagnostic Classification Steering Committee , American Sleep Disorders Association, 1990):
  • insomnia Sleep state misperception, Idiopathic insomnia, Obstructive sleep apnea syndrome, Central sleep apnea syndrome, Central alveolar hypoventilation syndrome, Periodic limb movement disorder, Restless leg syndrome and Intrinsic sleep disorder NOS.
  • Inadequate sleep hygiene Environmental sleep disorder, Altitude insomnia, Adjustment sleep disorder, Insufficient sleep syndrome, Limit-setting sleep disorder, SleepOnset association disorder, Nocturnal eating (drinking) syndrome, Hypnotic dependent sleep disorder, Stimulant-dependent sleep disorder, Alcohol-dependent sleep disorder, Toxin-induced sleep disorder and Extrinsic sleep disorder NOS.
  • Time zone change (jet lag) syndrome Shift work sleep disorder, Irregular sleep-wake pattern, Delayed sleep phase syndrome, Advanced sleep phase syndrome, Non-24-hour sleep-wake disorder and Circadian rhythm sleep disorder NOS.
  • Cerebral degenerative disorders Dementia, Parkinsonism, Fatal familial insomnia, Sleep-related epilepsy, Electrical status epilepticus of sleep and Sleep-related headaches.
  • insomniacs report elevated levels of stress, anxiety, depression and medical illnesses (National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, Insomnia Facts Sheet , October 1995).
  • Preliminary evidence suggests that having a sleep disorder that causes significant loss of sleep may contribute to increased susceptibility to infections due to immunosuppression, cardiovascular complications such as hypertension, cardiac arrhythmias, stroke, and myocardial infarction, comprimised glucose tolerance, increased obesity and metabolic syndrome.
  • Compounds of the present invention are useful to prevent or alleviate these complications by improving sleep quality.
  • benzodiazepines The most common class of medications for the majority of sleep disorders are the benzodiazepines, but the adverse effect profile of benzodiazepines include daytime sedation, diminished motor coordination, and cognitive impairments. Furthermore, the National Institutes of Health Consensus conference on Sleeping Pills and Insomnia in 1984 have developed guidelines discouraging the use of such sedative-hypnotics beyond 4-6 weeks because of concerns raised over drug misuse, dependency, withdrawal and rebound insomnia. Therefore, it is desirable to have a pharmacological agent for the treatment of insomnia, which is more effective and/or has fewer side effects than those currently used. In addition, benzodiazepines are used to induce sleep, but have little to no effect on the maintenance of sleep, sleep consolidation or slow wave sleep. Therefore, sleep maintenance disorders are not currently well treated.
  • Some sleep disorders are sometimes found in conjunction with other conditions and accordingly those conditions are treatable by compounds of Formula (Ia).
  • patients suffering from mood disorders typically suffer from a sleep disorder that can be treatable by compounds of Formula (Ia).
  • Having one pharmacological agent which treats two or more existing or potential conditions, as does the present invention, is more cost effective, leads to better compliance and has fewer side effects than taking two or more agents.
  • Compounds of the present invention described herein may be used alone or in combination with a mild sleep inducer, such as, a sedating antihistamine (diphenhydramine, chloropheniramine, bromopheniramine and the like), GABA-A receptor modulators (Ambien, Sonata, Indiplon, Gaboxadol, and the like), melatonin agonists (ML1 receptor agonist, such as Ramelteon and the like), sedating antidepressants (such as a tricyclic antidepressant, doxepine and the like), and benzodiazepines (diazepam and the like) and either administered together or separately.
  • a mild sleep inducer such as, a sedating antihistamine (diphenhydr
  • NREM sleep comprises two physiological states: Non rapid eye movement (NREM) and rapid eye movement (REM) sleep.
  • NREM sleep consists of four stages, each of which is characterized by progressively slower brain wave patterns, with the slower patterns indicating deeper sleep. So called delta sleep, stages 3 and 4 of NREM sleep, is the deepest and most refreshing type of sleep. Many patients with sleep disorders are unable to adequately achieve the restorative sleep of stages 3 and 4. In clinical terms, patients' sleep patterns are described as fragmented, meaning the patient spends a lot of time alternating between stages 1 and 2 (semi-wakefulness) and being awake and very little time in deep sleep.
  • fragmented sleep architecture means an individual, such as a sleep disorder patient, spends the majority of their sleep time in NREM sleep stages 1 and 2, lighter periods of sleep from which the individual can be easily aroused to a waking state by limited external stimuli. As a result, the individual cycles through frequent bouts of light sleep interrupted by frequent awakenings throughout the sleep period. Many sleep disorders are characterized by a fragmented sleep architecture. For example, many elderly patients with sleep complaints have difficulty achieving long bouts of deep refreshing sleep (NREM stages 3 and 4) and instead spend the majority of their sleep time in NREM sleep stages 1 and 2.
  • the term “sleep consolidation” means a state in which the number of NREM sleep bouts, particularly Stages 3 and 4, and the length of those sleep bouts are increased, while the number and length of waking bouts are decreased.
  • the architecture of the sleep disorder patient is consolidated to a sleeping state with increased periods of sleep and fewer awakenings during the night and more time is spent in slow wave sleep (Stages 3 and 4) with fewer oscillation Stage 1 and 2 sleep.
  • Compounds of the present invention can be effective in consolidating sleep patterns so that the patient with previously fragmented sleep can now achieve restorative, delta-wave sleep for longer, more consistent periods of time.
  • NREM sleep makes up about 75% of total sleep time; stage 1 accounting for 5-10% of total sleep time, stage 2 for about 45-50%, stage 3 approximately 12%, and stage 4 13-15%. About 90 minutes after sleep onset, NREM sleep gives way to the first REM sleep episode of the night. REM makes up approximately 25% of total sleep time. In contrast to NREM sleep, REM sleep is characterized by high pulse, respiration, and blood pressure, as well as other physiological patterns similar to those seen in the active waking stage. Hence, REM sleep is also known as “paradoxical sleep.” Sleep onset occurs during NREM sleep and takes 10-20 minutes in healthy young adults.
  • the four stages of NREM sleep together with a REM phase form one complete sleep cycle that is repeated throughout the duration of sleep, usually four or five times.
  • the cyclical nature of sleep is regular and reliable; a REM period occurs about every 90 minutes during the night.
  • the first REM period tends to be the shortest, often lasting less than 10 minutes, whereas the later REM periods may last up to 40 minutes.
  • the time between retiring and sleep onset increases and the total amount of night-time sleep decreases because of changes in sleep architecture that impair sleep maintenance as well as sleep quality. Both NREM (particularly stages 3 and 4) and REM sleep are reduced.
  • stage 1 NREM sleep which is the lightest sleep, increases with age.
  • delta power means a measure of the duration of EEG activity in the 0.5 to 3.5 Hz range during NREM sleep and is thought to be a measure of deeper, more refreshing sleep.
  • Delta power is hypothesized to be a measure of a theoretical process called Process S and is thought to be inversely related to the amount of sleep an individual experiences during a given sleep period. Sleep is controlled by homeostatic mechanisms; therefore, the less one sleeps the greater the drive to sleep. It is believed that Process S builds throughout the wake period and is discharged most efficiently during delta power sleep. Delta power is a measure of the magnitude of Process S prior to the sleep period. The longer one stays awake, the greater Process S or drive to sleep and thus the greater the delta power during NREM sleep.
  • onset, duration or quality of sleep e.g. non-restorative or restorative sleep
  • One method is a subjective determination of the patient, e.g., do they feel drowsy or rested upon waking.
  • Other methods involve the observation of the patient by another during sleep, e.g., how long it takes the patient to fall asleep, how many times does the patient wake up during the night, how restless is the patient during sleep, etc.
  • Another method is to objectively measure the stages of sleep using polysomnography.
  • Polysomnography is the monitoring of multiple electrophysiological parameters during sleep and generally includes measurement of EEG activity, electroculographic activity and electromyographic activity, as well as other measurements. These results, along with observations, can measure not only sleep latency (the amount of time required to fall asleep), but also sleep continuity (overall balance of sleep and wakefulness) and sleep consolidation (percent of sleeping time spent in delta-wave or restorative sleep) which may be an indication of the quality of sleep.
  • Stage 1 NREM sleep is a transition from wakefulness to sleep and occupies about 5% of time spent asleep in healthy adults.
  • Stage 2 NREM sleep which is characterized by specific EEG waveforms (sleep spindles and K complexes), occupies about 50% of time spent asleep.
  • Stages 3 and 4 NREM sleep (also known collectively as slow-wave sleep and delta-wave sleep) are the deepest levels of sleep and occupy about 10-20% of sleep time. REM sleep, during which the majority of vivid dreams occur, occupies about 20-25% of total sleep.
  • NREM stages 3 and 4 tend to occur in the first one-third to one-half of the night and increase in duration in response to sleep deprivation.
  • REM sleep occurs cyclically through the night. Alternating with NREM sleep about every 80-100 minutes. REM sleep periods increase in duration toward the morning. Human sleep also varies characteristically across the life span. After relative stability with large amounts of slow-wave sleep in childhood and early adolescence, sleep continuity and depth deteriorate across the adult age range. This deterioration is reflected by increased wakefulness and stage 1 sleep and decreased stages 3 and 4 sleep.
  • the compounds of the invention can be useful for the treatment of the sleep disorders characterized by excessive daytime sleepiness such as narcolepsy.
  • Inverse agonists at the serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor improve the quality of sleep at nightime which can decrease excessive daytime sleepiness.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to the therapeutic use of compounds of the present invention for the treatment of Sleep Disorders.
  • Compounds of the present invention are potent inverse agonists at the serotonin 5-HT 2A receptor and can be effective in the treatment of Sleep Disorders by promoting one or more of the following: reducing the sleep onset latency period (measure of sleep induction), reducing the number of nighttime awakenings, and prolonging the amount of time in delta-wave sleep (measure of sleep quality enhancement and sleep consolidation) without effecting REM sleep.
  • compounds of the present invention can be effective either as a monotherapy or in combination with sleep inducing agents, for example but not limited to, antihistamines.
  • DPN diabetic peripheral neuropathy
  • DN diabetic nephropathy
  • DR diabetic retinopathy
  • Serotonin is believed to play a role in vasospasm and increased platelet aggregability. Improving microvascular blood flow is able to benefit diabetic complications.
  • sarpogrelate was evaluated for the prevention of the development or progression of diabetic nephropathy (Takahashi, T., et al., Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2002 November; 58(2):123-9). In the trial of 24 months of treatment, sarpogrelate significantly reduced urinary albumin excretion level.
  • Topical ocular administration of 5-HT 2 receptor antagonists result in a decrease in intra ocular pressure (IOP) in monkeys (Chang et al., J. Ocul Pharmacol 1:137-147 (1985)) and humans (Mastropasqua et al., Acta Ophthalmol Scand Suppl 224:24-25 (1997)) indicating utility for similar compounds such as 5-HT 2A inverse agonists in the treatment of ocular hypertension associated with glaucoma.
  • the 5-HT 2 receptor antagonist ketanserin (Mastropasqua supra) and sarpogrelate Takenaka et al., Investig Ophthalmol Vis Sci 36:S734 (1995) have been shown to significantly lower IOP in glaucoma patients.
  • Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy is a lethal demyelinating disease caused by an opportunistic viral infection of oligodendrocytes in immunocompromised patients.
  • the causative agent is JC virus, a ubiquitous papovavirus that infects the majority of the population before adulthood and establishes a latent infection in the kidney.
  • JC virus a ubiquitous papovavirus that infects the majority of the population before adulthood and establishes a latent infection in the kidney.
  • the virus can reactivate and productively infect oligodendrocytes. This previously rare condition, until 1984 reported primarily in persons with underlying lymphoproliferative disorders, is now more common because it occurs in 4% of patients with AIDS.
  • JC virus enters cells by receptor-mediated clathrin-dependent endocytosis. Binding of JC virus to human glial cells (e.g., oligodendrocytes) induces an intracellular signal that is critical for entry and infection by a ligand-inducible clathrin-dependent mechanism [Querbes et al., J Virology (2004) 78:250-256]. Recently, 5-HT 2A was shown to be the receptor on human glial cells mediating infectious entry of JC virus by clathrin-dependent endocytosis [Elphick et al., Science (2004) 306:1380-1383]. 5-HT 2A antagonists, including ketanserin and ritanserin, inhibited JC virus infection of human glial cells. Ketanserin and ritanserin have inverse agonist activity at 5-HT 2A .
  • 5-HT 2A antagonists including inverse agonists have been contemplated to be useful in the treatment of PML [Elphick et al., Science (2004) 306:1380-1383].
  • Prophylactic treatment of HIV-infected patients with 5-HT 2A antagonists is envisioned to prevent the spread of JC virus to the central nervous system and the development of PML.
  • Aggressive therapeutic treatment of patients with PML is envisioned to reduce viral spread within the central nervous system and prevent additional episodes of demyelination.
  • methods for treating progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • Ketanserin a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist
  • Ketanserin a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist
  • Mainserin a 5-HT 2A inverse agonist, has been shown to prevent DOCA-salt induced hypertension in rats (see, Silva, A. Eur, J. Pharmacol. 518(2-3): 152-7 2005).
  • 5-HT 2A inverse agonists are also effective for the treatment of pain.
  • Sarpogrelate has been observed to provide a significant analgesic effect both on thermal induced pain in rats after intraperitoneal administration and on inflammatory pain in rats after either intrathecal or intraperitoneal administration (see, Nishiyama, T. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 516:18-22 2005).
  • This same 5-HT 2A inverse agonist in humans has been shown to be an effective treatment for lower back pain, leg pain and numbness associated with sciatica brought on by lumbar disc herniation (see, Kanayama, M. et al. J. Neurosurg: Spine 2:441-446 2005).
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for modulating the activity of a 5-HT 2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of platelet aggregation in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of an indication selected from the group consisting of coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, and atrial fibrillation in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for reducing the risk of blood clot formation in an angioplasty or coronary bypass surgery individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for reducing the risk of blood clot formation in an individual suffering from atrial fibrillation, comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of asthma in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of a symptom of asthma in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of agitation or a symptom thereof in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the individual is a cognitively intact elderly individual.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of agitation or a symptom thereof in an individual suffering from dementia comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the dementia is due to a degenerative disease of the nervous system.
  • the dementia is Alzheimers disease, Lewy body, Parkinson's disease or Huntington's disease.
  • the dementia is due to diseases that affect blood vessels.
  • the dementia is due to stroke or multi-infarct dementia.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of an individual suffering from at least one of the indications selected from the group consisting of behavioral disorder, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorder, organic or NOS psychosis, psychotic disorder, psychosis, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia and NOS schizophrenia comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist and a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of an individual with infantile autism, Huntington's chorea, or nausea and vomiting from chemotherapy or chemotherapeutic antibodies comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist and a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of schizophrenia in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist and a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of alleviating negative symptoms of schizophrenia induced by the administration of haloperidol to an individual suffering from the schizophrenia, comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the haloperidol and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in separate dosage forms.
  • the haloperidol and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in a single dosage form.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of a sleep disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the sleep disorder is a dyssomnia.
  • the dyssomnia is selected from the group consisting of psychophysiological insomnia, sleep state misperception, idiopathic insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea syndrome, central sleep apnea syndrome, central alveolar hypoventilation syndrome, periodic limb movement disorder, restless leg syndrome, inadequate sleep hygiene, environmental sleep disorder, altitude insomnia, adjustment sleep disorder, insufficient sleep syndrome, limit-setting sleep disorder, sleep-onset association disorder, nocturnal eating or drinking syndrome, hypnotic dependent sleep disorder, stimulant-dependent sleep disorder, alcohol-dependent sleep disorder, toxin-induced sleep disorder, time zone change (jet lag) syndrome, shift work sleep disorder, irregular sleep-wake pattern, delayed sleep phase syndrome, advanced sleep phase syndrome, and non-24-hour sleep-wake disorder.
  • the sleep disorder is a parasomnia.
  • the parasomnia is selected from the group consisting of confusional arousals, sleepwalking and sleep terrors, rhythmic movement disorder, sleep starts, sleep talking and nocturnal leg cramps.
  • the sleep disorder is characterized by excessive daytime sleepiness such as narcolepsy.
  • the sleep disorder is associated with a medical or psychiatric disorder.
  • the medical or psychiatric disorder is selected from the group consisting of psychoses, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, panic disorders, alcoholism, cerebral degenerative disorders, dementia, parkinsonism, fatal familial insomnia, sleep-related epilepsy, electrical status epilepticus of sleep, sleep-related headaches, sleeping sickness, nocturnal cardiac ischemia, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, sleep-related asthma, sleep-related gastroesophageal reflux, peptic ulcer disease, fibrositis syndrome, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, fibromyalgia and post-surgical sleep disorder.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of a diabetic-related disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the diabetic-related disorder is diabetic peripheral neuropathy.
  • the diabetic-related disorder is diabetic nephropathy.
  • the diabetic-related disorder is diabetic retinopathy.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of glaucoma or other diseases of the eye with abnormal intraocular pressure.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the individual in need thereof has a lymphoproliferative disorder.
  • the lymphoproliferative disorder is leukemia or lymphoma.
  • the leukemia or lymphoma is chronic lymphocytic leukemia, Hodgkin's disease, or the like.
  • the individual in need thereof has a myeloproliferative disorder.
  • the individual in need thereof has carcinomatosis.
  • the individual in need thereof has a granulomatous or inflammatory disease.
  • the granulomatous or inflammatory disease is tuberculosis or sarcoidosis.
  • the individual in need thereof is immunocompromised.
  • the immunocompromised individual has impaired cellular immunity.
  • the impaired cellular immunity comprises impaired T-cell immunity.
  • the individual in need thereof is infected with HIV.
  • the HIV-infected individual has a CD4+ cell count of ⁇ 200/mm 3 .
  • the HIV-infected individual has AIDS.
  • the HIV-infected individual has AIDS-related complex (ARC).
  • ARC is defined as the presence of two successive CD4+ cell counts below 200/mm 3 and at least two of the following signs or symptoms: oral hairy leukoplakia, recurrent oral candidiasis, weight loss of at least 2.5 kg or 10% of body weight within last six months, multidermatomal herpes zoster, temperature 38.5° C.
  • the individual in need thereof is undergoing immunosuppressive therapy.
  • the immunosuppressive therapy comprises administering an immunosuppressive agent [see, e.g., Mueller, Ann Thorac Surg (2004) 77:354-362; and Krieger and Emre, Pediatr Transplantation (2004) 8:594-599].
  • the immunosuppressive therapy comprises administering an immunosuppressive agent selected from the group consisting of: corticosteroids (for example, prednisone and the like), calcineurin inhibitors (for example, cyclosporine, tacrolimus, and the like), antiproliferative agents (for example, azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil, sirolimus, everolimus, and the like), T-cell depleting agents (for example, OKT®3 monoclonal antibody (mAb), anti-CD3 immunotoxin FN18-CRM9, Campath-1H (anti-CD52) mAb, anti-CD4 mAb, anti-T cell receptor mAb, and the like), anti-IL-2 receptor (CD25) mAb (for example, basiliximab, daclizumab, and the like), inhibitors of co-stimulation (for example, CTLA4-Ig, anti-CD154 (CD40 ligand) mAb, and the like),
  • the individual in need thereof is undergoing immunosuppressive therapy after organ transplantation.
  • the organ is liver, kidney, lung, heart, or the like [see, e.g., Singh et al., Transplantation (2000) 69:467-472].
  • the individual in need thereof is undergoing treatment for a rheumatic disease.
  • the rheumatic disease is systemic lupus erythematosus or the like.
  • the compound or the pharmaceutical composition inhibits JC virus infection of human glial cells.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating hypertension in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any embodiments described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating pain in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any embodiments described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to processes for preparing a composition comprising admixing a compound according any embodiments described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is platelet aggregation.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is selected from the group consisting of coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, and atrial fibrillation.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is a blood clot formation in an angioplasty or coronary bypass surgery individual.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is a blood clot formation in an individual suffering from atrial fibrillation.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is asthma.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is a symptom of asthma.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is agitation or a symptom thereof in an individual.
  • the individual is a cognitively intact elderly individual.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is agitation or a symptom thereof in an individual suffering from dementia.
  • the dementia is due to a degenerative disease of the nervous system.
  • the dementia is Alzheimers disease, Lewy body, Parkinson's disease, or Huntington's disease.
  • the dementia is due to diseases that affect blood vessels.
  • the dementia is due to stroke or multi-infarct dementia.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder further comprising a dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist wherein the disorder is selected from the group consisting of a behavioral disorder, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorder, organic or NOS psychosis, psychotic disorder, psychosis, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia and NOS schizophrenia.
  • the dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder further comprising a dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist wherein the disorder is infantile autism, Huntington's chorea, or nausea and vomiting from chemotherapy or chemotherapeutic antibodies.
  • the dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder further comprising a dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist wherein the disorder is schizophrenia.
  • the dopamine D 2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is a negative symptom or symptoms of schizophrenia induced by the administration of haloperidol.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the haloperidol and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in separate dosage forms.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the haloperidol and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in a single dosage form.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of a 5-HT 2A associated disorder, as described herein, in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of a sleep disorder, as described herein, in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of platelet aggregation in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • a further aspect of the present invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds as described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Some embodiments pertain to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention include a method of producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one compound according to any of the compound embodiments disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Formulations may be prepared by any suitable method, typically by uniformly mixing the active compound(s) with liquids or finely divided solid carriers, or both, in the required proportions, and then, if necessary, forming the resulting mixture into a desired shape.
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration may be in the form of solutions, emulsions, aqueous or oily suspensions, and syrups.
  • the oral preparations may be in the form of dry powder that can be reconstituted with water or another suitable liquid vehicle before use. Additional additives such as suspending or emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles (including edible oils), preservatives, and flavorings and colorants may be added to the liquid preparations.
  • Parenteral dosage forms may be prepared by dissolving the compound of the invention in a suitable liquid vehicle and filter sterilizing the solution before filling and sealing an appropriate vial or ampoule. These are just a few examples of the many appropriate methods well known in the art for preparing dosage forms.
  • a compound of the present invention can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques well known to those in the art. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, outside those mentioned herein, are known in the art; for example, see Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2000, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (Editors: Gennaro, A. R., et al.).
  • a compound of the invention may, in an alternative use, be administered as a raw or pure chemical, it is preferable however to present the compound or active ingredient as a pharmaceutical formulation or composition further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the invention thus further provides pharmaceutical formulations comprising a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or derivative thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers thereof and/or prophylactic ingredients.
  • the carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not overly deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • Transdermal patches dispense a drug at a controlled rate by presenting the drug for absorption in an efficient manner with a minimum of degradation of the drug.
  • transdermal patches comprise an impermeable backing layer, a single pressure sensitive adhesive and a removable protective layer with a release liner.
  • the compounds of the invention may thus be placed into the form of pharmaceutical formulations and unit dosages thereof, and in such form may be employed as solids, such as tablets or filled capsules, or liquids such as solutions, suspensions, emulsions, elixirs, gels or capsules filled with the same, all for oral use, in the form of suppositories for rectal administration; or in the form of sterile injectable solutions for parenteral (including subcutaneous) use.
  • Such pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosage forms thereof may comprise conventional ingredients in conventional proportions, with or without additional active compounds or principles, and such unit dosage forms may contain any suitable effective amount of the active ingredient commensurate with the intended daily dosage range to be employed.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient.
  • dosage units are capsules, tablets, powders, granules or a suspension, with conventional additives such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch; with binders such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose; and with lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate.
  • the active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • active ingredient is defined in the context of a “pharmaceutical composition” and shall mean a component of a pharmaceutical composition that provides the primary pharmacological effect, as opposed to an “inactive ingredient” which would generally be recognized as providing no pharmaceutical benefit.
  • the dose when using the compounds of the present invention can vary within wide limits, as is customary and is known to the physician, it is to be tailored to the individual conditions in each individual case. It depends, for example, on the nature and severity of the illness to be treated, on the condition of the patient, on the compound employed or on whether an acute or chronic disease state is treated or prophylaxis is conducted or on whether further active compounds are administered in addition to the compounds of the present invention.
  • Representative doses of the present invention include, but are not limited to, about 0.001 mg to about 5000 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 2500 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg, 0.001 mg to about 500 mg, 0.001 mg to about 250 mg, about 0.001 mg to 100 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 50 mg, and about 0.001 mg to about 25 mg.
  • Multiple doses may be administered during the day, especially when relatively large amounts are deemed to be needed, for example 2, 3 or 4, doses. Depending on the individual and as deemed appropriate from the patient's physician or care-giver it may be necessary to deviate upward or downward from the doses described herein.
  • the amount of active ingredient, or an active salt or derivative thereof, required for use in treatment will vary not only with the particular salt selected but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being treated and the age and condition of the patient and will ultimately be at the discretion of the attendant physician or clinician.
  • a model system typically an animal model
  • these extrapolations may merely be based on the weight of the animal model in comparison to another, such as a mammal, preferably a human, however, more often, these extrapolations are not simply based on weights, but rather incorporate a variety of factors.
  • compositions of this invention are selected in accordance with a variety factors as cited above.
  • the actual dosage regimen employed may vary widely and therefore may deviate from a preferred dosage regimen and one skilled in the art will recognize that dosage and dosage regimen outside these typical ranges can be tested and, where appropriate, may be used in the methods of this invention.
  • the desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered at appropriate intervals, for example, as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
  • the sub-dose itself may be further divided, e.g., into a number of discrete loosely spaced administrations.
  • the daily dose can be divided, especially when relatively large amounts are administered as deemed appropriate, into several, for example 2, 3 or 4, part administrations. If appropriate, depending on individual behavior, it may be necessary to deviate upward or downward from the daily dose indicated.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administrated in a wide variety of oral and parenteral dosage forms. It will be obvious to those skilled in the art that the following dosage forms may comprise, as the active component, either a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the invention.
  • a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be either solid, liquid or a mixture of both.
  • Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules.
  • a solid carrier can be one or more substances which may also act as diluents, flavouring agents, solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
  • the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in a mixture with the finely divided active component.
  • the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding capacity in suitable proportions and compacted to the desire shape and size.
  • the powders and tablets may contain varying percentage amounts of the active compound.
  • a representative amount in a powder or tablet may contain from 0.5 to about 90 percent of the active compound; however, an artisan would know when amounts outside of this range are necessary.
  • Suitable carriers for powders and tablets are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like.
  • the term “preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as carrier providing a capsule in which the active component, with or without carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it.
  • cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid forms suitable for oral administration.
  • a low melting wax such as an admixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter
  • the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring.
  • the molten homogenous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or sprays containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water-propylene glycol solutions.
  • parenteral injection liquid preparations can be formulated as solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution.
  • injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • Suitable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • the compounds according to the present invention may thus be formulated for parenteral administration (e.g. by injection, for example bolus injection or continuous infusion) and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containers with an added preservative.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilization from solution, for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile, pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • Aqueous formulations suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving or suspending the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavours, stabilizing and thickening agents, as desired.
  • Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, or other well known suspending agents.
  • viscous material such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, or other well known suspending agents.
  • solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration.
  • liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be formulated as ointments, creams or lotions, or as a transdermal patch.
  • Ointments and creams may, for example, be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gelling agents.
  • Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, or coloring agents.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising active agent in a flavored base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Solutions or suspensions are applied directly to the nasal cavity by conventional means, for example with a dropper, pipette or spray.
  • the formulations may be provided in single or multi-dose form. In the latter case of a dropper or pipette, this may be achieved by the patient administering an appropriate, predetermined volume of the solution or suspension. In the case of a spray, this may be achieved for example by means of a metering atomizing spray pump.
  • Administration to the respiratory tract may also be achieved by means of an aerosol formulation in which the active ingredient is provided in a pressurized pack with a suitable propellant.
  • aerosol formulation in which the active ingredient is provided in a pressurized pack with a suitable propellant.
  • the compounds of the present invention or pharmaceutical compositions comprising them are administered as aerosols, for example as nasal aerosols or by inhalation, this can be carried out, for example, using a spray, a nebulizer, a pump nebulizer, an inhalation apparatus, a metered inhaler or a dry powder inhaler.
  • Pharmaceutical forms for administration of the compounds of the present invention as an aerosol can be prepared by processes well-known to the person skilled in the art.
  • solutions or dispersions of the compounds of the present invention in water, water/alcohol mixtures or suitable saline solutions can be employed using customary additives, for example benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption enhancers for increasing the bioavailability, solubilizers, dispersants and others, and, if appropriate, customary propellants, for example include carbon dioxide, CFC's, such as, dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, or dichlorotetrafluoroethane; and the like.
  • the aerosol may conveniently also contain a surfactant such as lecithin.
  • the dose of drug may be controlled by provision of a metered valve.
  • the compound In formulations intended for administration to the respiratory tract, including intranasal formulations, the compound will generally have a small particle size for example of the order of 10 microns or less. Such a particle size may be obtained by means known in the art, for example by micronization. When desired, formulations adapted to give sustained release of the active ingredient may be employed.
  • the active ingredients may be provided in the form of a dry powder, for example, a powder mix of the compound in a suitable powder base such as lactose, starch, starch derivatives such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
  • a powder mix of the compound in a suitable powder base such as lactose, starch, starch derivatives such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP).
  • PVP polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • the powder carrier will form a gel in the nasal cavity.
  • the powder composition may be presented in unit dose form for example in capsules or cartridges of, e.g., gelatin, or blister packs from which the powder may be administered by means of an inhaler.
  • the pharmaceutical preparations are preferably in unit dosage forms.
  • the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component.
  • the unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules.
  • the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
  • Tablets or capsules for oral administration and liquids for intravenous administration are preferred compositions.
  • the compounds according to the invention may optionally exist as pharmaceutically acceptable salts including pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids including inorganic and organic acids.
  • Representative acids include, but are not limited to, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic, dichloroacetic, formic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hippuric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, oxalic, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfiric, tartaric, oxalic, p-toluenesulfonic and the like, such as those pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2 (1977); incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the acid addition salts may be obtained as the direct products of compound synthesis.
  • the free base may be dissolved in a suitable solvent containing the appropriate acid, and the salt isolated by evaporating the solvent or otherwise separating the salt and solvent.
  • the compounds of this invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods known to the skilled artisan.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention include a method of producing a pharmaceutical composition for “combination-therapy” comprising admixing at least one compound according to any of the compound embodiments disclosed herein, together with at least one known pharmaceutical agent as described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • 5-HT 2A receptor modulators when utilized as active ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition, these are not intended for use only in humans, but in other non-human mammals as well. Indeed, recent advances in the area of animal health-care mandate that consideration be given for the use of active agents, such as 5-HT 2A receptor modulators, for the treatment of a 5-HT 2A mediated disease or disorder in domestic animals (e.g., cats and dogs) and in other domestic animals (e.g., such as cows, chickens, fish, etc.). Those of ordinary skill in the art are readily credited with understanding the utility of such compounds in such settings.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent (i.e., mono-therapy), they can also be used in combination with other pharmaceutical agents (i.e., combination-therapy) for the treatment of the diseases/conditions/disorders described herein.
  • another aspect of the present invention includes methods of treatment of 5-HT 2A serotonin receptor associated disorders diseases comprising administering to an individual in need of such treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of the present invention in combination with one or more additional pharmaceutical agent as described herein.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical agents that can be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention include other antiplatelet, antithrombotic or anticoagulant drugs, anti-arrhythmic agents, Cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitors, Niacin or niacin analogs, Adenosine or adenosine analogs, Nitroglycerin or nitrates, prothrombolytic agents, and the like.
  • Other pharmaceutical agents including the agents set forth infra, are well known or will be readily apparent in light of the instant disclosure, to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the compounds of the present invention can also be used in combination with other antiplatelet, antithrombotic or anticoagulant drugs such as thrombin inhibitors, platelet aggregation inhibitors such as aspirin, clopidogrel (Plavix®), ticlopidine or CS-747 ⁇ i.e., acetic acid 5-[2-cyclopropyl-1-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxoethyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl ester and its active metabolite R-99224, (Z)-2-[1-[2-cyclopropyl-1(S)-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxoethyl]-4(R)-sulfanylpiperidin-3-ylidene]acetic acid ⁇ , abciximab (ReoPro®), eptifibatide (Integrilin®), tirofiban (Aggrastat®),
  • antihypertensive agents such as angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors (e.g., captopril, lisinopril or fosinopril); angiotensin-II receptor antagonists (e.g., irbesartan, losartan or valsartan); and/or ACE/NEP inhibitors (e.g., omapatrilat and gemopatrilat); ⁇ -blockers (such as propranolol, nadolol and carvedilol), PDE inhibitors in combination with aspirin, ifetroban, picotamide, ketanserin, or clopidogrel (Plavix®) and the like.
  • angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors e.g., captopril, lisinopril or fosinopril
  • angiotensin-II receptor antagonists e.g., irbesartan, losartan or valsartan
  • the compound of the present invention can also be used in combination with anti-arrhythmic agents such as for atrial fibrillation, for example, amiodarone or dofetilide.
  • anti-arrhythmic agents such as for atrial fibrillation, for example, amiodarone or dofetilide.
  • the compound of the present invention can also be used in combination with Cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitors for dislipidemia and atherosclerosis, Niacin or niacin analogs for dislipidemia and atherosclerosis, Adenosine or adenosine analogs for vasodilation, Nitroglycerin or nitrates for vasodilation.
  • CETP Cholesteryl ester transfer protein
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used in combination with prothrombolytic agents, such as tissue plasminogen activator (natural or recombinant), streptokinase, reteplase, activase, lanoteplase, urokinase, prourokinase, anisolated streptokinase plasminogen activator complex (ASPAC), animal salivary gland plasminogen activators, and the like.
  • tissue plasminogen activator natural or recombinant
  • streptokinase reteplase
  • activase lanoteplase
  • urokinase prourokinase
  • anisolated streptokinase plasminogen activator complex ASPAC
  • animal salivary gland plasminogen activators and the like.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be used in combination with ⁇ -adrenergic agonists such as albuterol, terbutaline, formoterol, salmeterol, bitolterol, pilbuterol, or fenoterol; anticholinergics such as ipratropium bromide; anti-inflammatory cortiocosteroids such as beclomethasone, triamcinolone, budesonide, fluticasone, flunisolide or dexamethasone; and anti-inflammatory agents such as cromolyn, nedocromil, theophylline, zileuton, zafirlukast, monteleukast and pranleukast.
  • ⁇ -adrenergic agonists such as albuterol, terbutaline, formoterol, salmeterol, bitolterol, pilbuterol, or fenoterol
  • anticholinergics such as ipratropium bro
  • Suitable pharmaceutical agents that can be used in combination with compounds of the present invention include antiretrovirals [see, e.g., Turpin, Expert Rev Anti Infect Ther (2003) 1:97-128].
  • Some embodiments of the present invention include methods of treatment of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy as described herein comprising administering to an individual in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount or dose of a compound of the present invention in combination with at least one pharmaceutical agent selected from the group consisting of: nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (for example, Retrovir®, Epivir®, Combivir®, Videx®, Trizvir®, Zerit®, Ziagen®, Vired®, Emtricitabine, DAPD, and the like), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (for example, Virammune®, Rescriptor®, Sustiva®, GW687, DPC083, TMC 125, Emivirine, Capravirine, BMS 561390, UC-7
  • a compound of the invention can be used in conjunction with highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART).
  • HAART highly active antiretroviral therapy
  • the combination of a compound of the present invention and pharmaceutical agent can be prepared by mixing the respective active components either all together or independently with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, binder, diluent, etc. as described herein, and administering the mixture or mixtures either orally or non-orally as a pharmaceutical composition(s).
  • a compound or a mixture of compounds of Formula (Ia) are administered as a combination therapy with another active compound each can be formulated as separate pharmaceutical compositions given at the same time or at different times.
  • pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound or a mixture of compounds of Formula (Ia) and the pharmaceutical agent(s) as a single pharmaceutical composition.
  • Another object of the present invention relates to radio-labeled compounds of the present invention that would be useful not only in radio-imaging but also in assays, both in vitro and in vivo, for localizing and quantitating the 5-HT 2A receptor in tissue samples, including human, and for identifying 5-HT 2A receptor ligands by inhibition binding of a radio-labeled compound. It is a further object of this invention to develop novel 5-HT 2A receptor assays of which comprise such radio-labeled compounds.
  • the present invention embraces isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention.
  • An “isotopically” or “radio-labeled” compounds are those which are identical to compounds disclosed herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced or substituted by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature (i.e., naturally occurring).
  • Suitable radionuclides that may be incorporated in compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, 2 H (also written as D for deuterium), 3 H (also written as T for tritium), 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 O, 17 O, 18 O, 18 F, 35 S, 36 Cl, 82 Br, 75 Br, 76 Br, 77 Br, 123 I, 124 I, 125 I, and 131 I.
  • the radionuclide that is incorporated in the instant radio-labeled compounds will depend on the specific application of that radio-labeled compound.
  • a “radio-labeled” or “labeled compound” is a compound of Formula (Ia) that has incorporated at least one radionuclide; in some embodiments the radionuclide is selected from the group consisting of 3 H, 14 C, 125 I, 35 S and 82 Br.
  • isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays.
  • the radionuclide 3 H and/or 14 C isotopes are useful in these studies.
  • substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2 H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes supra and Examples infra, by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • Synthetic methods for incorporating radio-isotopes into organic compounds are applicable to compounds of the invention and are well known in the art. These synthetic methods, for example, incorporating activity levels of tritium into target molecules, are as follows:
  • Tritium Gas Exposure Labeling This procedure involves exposing precursors containing exchangeable protons to tritium gas in the presence of a suitable catalyst.
  • Aryl and heteroaryl bromide exchange with 125 I This method is generally a two step process.
  • the first step is the conversion of the aryl or heteroaryl bromide to the corresponding tri-alkyltin intermediate using for example, a Pd catalyzed reaction [i.e. Pd(Ph 3 P)4] or through an aryl or heteroaryl lithium, in the presence of a tri-alkyltinhalide or hexaalkylditin [e.g., (CH 3 ) 3 SnSn(CH 3 ) 3 ].
  • Pd catalyzed reaction i.e. Pd(Ph 3 P)4
  • a tri-alkyltinhalide or hexaalkylditin e.g., (CH 3 ) 3 SnSn(CH 3 ) 3 ].
  • a radio-labeled 5-HT 2A receptor compound of Formula (Ia) can be used in a screening assay to identify/evaluate compounds.
  • a newly synthesized or identified compound i.e., test compound
  • test compound can be evaluated for its ability to reduce binding of the “radio-labeled compound of Formula (Ia)” to the 5-HT 2A receptor. Accordingly, the ability of a test compound to compete with the “radio-labeled compound of Formula (Ia)” for the binding to the 5-HT 2A receptor directly correlates to its binding affinity.
  • the labeled compounds of the present invention bind to the 5-HT 2A receptor.
  • the labeled compound has an IC 50 less than about 500 ⁇ M, in another embodiment the labeled compound has an IC 50 less than about 100 ⁇ M, in yet another embodiment the labeled compound has an IC 50 less than about 10 ⁇ M, in yet another embodiment the labeled compound has an IC 50 less than about 1 ⁇ M, and in still yet another embodiment the labeled inhibitor has an IC 50 less than about 0.1 ⁇ M.
  • FIGS. 1 through 8 Illustrated syntheses for compounds of the present invention are shown in FIGS. 1 through 8 where the symbols have the same definitions as used throughout this disclosure.
  • TLC Thin-layer chromatography
  • PK6F silica gel 60 A 1 mm plates (Whatman)
  • column chromatography was carried out on a silica gel column using Kieselgel 60, 0.063-0.200 mm (Merck). Evaporation was done under reduced pressure on a Buchi rotary evaporator. Celite 545® was used during palladium filtrations.
  • LCMS specs 1) PC: HPLC-pumps: LC-10AD VP, Shimadzu Inc.; HPLC system controller: SCL-10A VP, Shimadzu Inc; UV-Detector: SPD-10A VP, Shimadzu Inc; Autosampler: CTC HTS, PAL, Leap Scientific; Mass spectrometer: API 150EX with Turbo Ion Spray source, AB/MDS Sciex; Software: Analyst 1.2. 2) Mac: HPLC-pumps: LC-8A VP, Shimadzu Inc; HPLC system controller: SCL-10A VP, Shimadzu Inc.
  • UV-Detector SPD-10A VP, Shimadzu Inc; Autosampler: 215 Liquid Handler, Gilson Inc; Mass spectrometer: API 150EX with Turbo Ion Spray source, AB/MDS Sciex
  • Step A Preparation of ⁇ 2-[4-amino-2-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl ⁇ -carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • Step B Preparation of 3-chloro-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 334)
  • the reaction was neutralized with sat-NaHCO 3 and purified by prep-HPLC: Waters YMC ODS-ATM C18 column (5 ⁇ , 4.6 ⁇ 50 mm), 5% v/v CH 3 CN (containing 0.05% v/v TFA) in H 2 O (containing 0.05% v/v TFA) gradient to 60% v/v CH 3 CN in H 2 O, 20 mL/min 3-Chloro-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (15 mg, 89%) was isolated as a white powder.
  • reaction was filtered through a strong cation exchange resin to remove impurity, TFA, and tetramethyl urea, and purified by prep-HPLC: Waters YMC ODS-ATM C18 column (5 ⁇ , 4.6 ⁇ 50 mm), 5% v/v
  • Step A Preparation of the intermediate tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate
  • Step B Preparation of Isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 106)

Abstract

The present invention pertains to certain compounds of Formula (Ia) and pharmaceutical compositions thereof that modulate the activity of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor.
Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00001
Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof are directed to methods useful in the treatment of platelet aggregation, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, atrial fibrillation, blood clot formation, asthma or symptoms thereof, agitation or a symptom thereof, behavioral disorders, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorder, organic or NOS psychosis, psychotic disorder, psychosis, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia, NOS schizophrenia and related disorders, and sleep disorders, sleep disorders, diabetic-related disorders, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy and the like.
The present invention also relates to the methods for the treatment of 5-HT2A serotonin receptor associated disorders in combination with other pharmaceutical agents administered separately or together.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention pertains to certain compounds of Formula (Ia) and pharmaceutical compositions thereof that modulate the activity of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof are directed to methods useful in the treatment of platelet aggregation, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, atrial fibrillation, blood clot formation, asthma or symptoms thereof, agitation or a symptom thereof, behavioral disorders, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorder, organic or NOS psychosis, psychotic disorder, psychosis, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia, NOS schizophrenia and related disorders, sleep disorders, diabetic-related disorders, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy and the like.
  • The present invention also relates to the methods for the treatment of 5-HT2A serotonin receptor associated disorders in combination with other pharmaceutical agents administered separately or together.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • G Protein Coupled Receptors
  • G Protein coupled receptors share a common structural motif. All these receptors have seven sequences of between 22 to 24 hydrophobic amino acids that form seven alpha helices, each of which spans the membrane. The transmembrane helices are joined by strands of amino acids having a larger loop between the fourth and fifth transmembrane helix on the extracellular side of the membrane. Another larger loop, composed primarily of hydrophilic amino acids, joins transmembrane helices five and six on the intracellular side of the membrane. The carboxy terminus of the receptor lies intracellularly with the amino terminus in the extracellular space. It is thought that the loop joining helices five and six, as well as, the carboxy terminus, interact with the G protein. Currently, Gq, Gs, Gi and Go are G proteins that have been identified.
  • Under physiological conditions, G protein coupled receptors exist in the cell membrane in equilibrium between two different states or conformations: an “inactive” state and an “active” state. A receptor in an inactive state is unable to link to the intracellular transduction pathway to produce a biological response. Changing the receptor conformation to the active state allows linkage to the transduction pathway and produces a biological response.
  • A receptor may be stabilized in an active state by an endogenous ligand or an exogenous agonist ligand. Recent discoveries such as, including but not exclusively limited to, modifications to the amino acid sequence of the receptor provide means other than ligands to stabilize the active state conformation. These means effectively stabilize the receptor in an active state by simulating the effect of a ligand binding to the receptor. Stabilization by such ligand-independent means is termed “constitutive receptor activation.”
  • Serotonin Receptors
  • Receptors for serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine, 5-HT) are an important class of G protein coupled receptors. Serotonin is thought to play a role in processes related to learning and memory, sleep, thermoregulation, mood, motor activity, pain, sexual and aggressive behaviors, appetite, neurodegenerative regulation, and biological rhythms. Not surprisingly, serotonin is linked to pathophysiological conditions such as anxiety, depression, obsessive compulsive disorders, schizophrenia, suicide, autism, migraine, emesis, alcoholism, and neurodegenerative disorders. With respect to anti-psychotic treatment approaches focused on the serotonin receptors, these types of therapeutics can generally be divided into two classes, the “typical” and the “atypical.” Both have anti-psychotic effects, but the typicals also include concomitant motor-related side effects (extra pyramidal syndromes, e.g., lip-smacking, tongue darting, locomotor movement, etc). Such side effects are thought to be associated with the compounds interacting with other receptors, such as the human dopamine D2 receptor in the nigro-striatal pathway. Therefore, an atypical treatment is preferred. Haloperidol is considered a typical anti-psychotic, and clozapine is considered an atypical anti-psychotic.
  • Serotonin receptors are divided into seven subfamilies, referred to as 5-HT1 through 5-HT7, inclusive. These subfamilies are further divided into subtypes. For example, the 5-HT2 subfamily is divided into three receptor subtypes: 5-HT2A, 5-HT2B, and 5-HT2C. The human 5-HT2C receptor was first isolated and cloned in 1987, and the human 5-HT2A receptor was first isolated and cloned in 1990. These two receptors are thought to be the site of action of hallucinogenic drugs. Additionally, antagonists to the 5-HT2A and 5-HT2C receptors are believed to be useful in treating depression, anxiety, psychosis, and eating disorders.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,985,352 describes the isolation, characterization, and expression of a functional cDNA clone encoding the entire human 5-HT1C receptor (now known as the 5-HT2C receptor). U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,661,024 and 6,541,209 describe the isolation, characterization, and expression of a functional cDNA clone encoding the entire human 5-HT2A receptor.
  • Mutations of the endogenous forms of the rat 5-HT2A and rat 5-HT2C receptors have been reported to lead to constitutive activation of these receptors (5-HT2A: Casey, C. et al. (1996) Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 22:699.10, hereinafter “Casey”; 5-HT2C: Herrick-Davis, K., and Teitler, M. (1996) Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 22:699.18, hereinafter “Herrick-Davis 1”; and Herrick-Davis, K. et al. (1997) J. Neurochemistry 69(3): 1138, hereinafter “Herrick-Davis-2”). Casey describes a mutation of the cysteine residue at position 322 of the rat 5-HT2A receptor to lysine (C322K), glutamine (C322Q), and arginine (C322R) which reportedly led to constitutive activation. Herrick-Davis 1 and Herrick-Davis 2 describe mutations of the serine residue at position 312 of the rat 5-HT2C receptor to phenylalanine (S312F) and lysine (S312K), which reportedly led to constitutive activation.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ia):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00002
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof;
  • wherein:
  • X is O or S;
  • V is O or NH;
  • W is C1-4 alkylene optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, halogen, oxo and imino, wherein the C1-3 alkyl is optionally substituted with C1-3 alkylsulfonyl;
  • Z is C1-4 alkylene optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, carboxy, cyano, C1-3 haloalkyl, halogen and oxo; or Z is absent;
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl and C3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, hydroxyl, thiol, nitro and sulfonamide;
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, halogen, heteroaryl and phenyl; and wherein each of the C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl and phenyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-5 acyl, C1-5 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-8 alkyl, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-4 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 alkylsulfonamide, C1-4 alkylsulfinyl, C1-4 alkylsulfonyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylureyl, amino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-6 dialkylcarboxamide, halogen, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-4 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-4 haloalkylthio, hydroxyl, nitro and sulfonamide;
  • R4a is H;
  • R4b is H, or a mono-valent-metabolically-labile group; or
  • R4a and R4b together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded form a divalent-metabolically-labile group;
  • R5, R6 and R7 are each selected independently from the group consisting of H, C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkylimino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, thiol, and nitro;
  • and
  • R8 is C1-8-alkyl, aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl each optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkylimino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyloxy, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, thiol, nitro, phenoxy and phenyl, wherein the C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 alkylimino, C2-8 dialkylamino, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, and each the substituent is optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, thiol and nitro.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for modulating the activity of a 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating a 5-HT2A associated disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating a 5-HT2A serotonin receptor associated disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein wherein R4b is a mono-valent-metabolically-labile group.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating a 5-HT2A serotonin receptor associated disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a prodrug whereby the prodrug undergoes a conversion into a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein wherein R4a and R4b are both H and the conversion takes place within the body of the individual.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to processes for preparing a composition comprising admixing a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of a compound of the present invention for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder, as described herein, in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • These and other aspects of the invention disclosed herein will be set forth in greater detail as the patent disclosure proceeds.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediate compounds of the present invention. FIG. 1 shows a general coupling method between a pyrazole boronic acid and an aryl triflate, it is understood that similar coupling methods known in the art can also be used, and a halide, such as, I, Br or Cl, can be used in place of the triflate.
  • FIG. 2 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediate compounds of the present invention wherein “V” is oxygen. FIG. 2 shows a general coupling method between a pyrazole boronic acid and a phenyl halide using coupling methods known in the art, such as a Suzuki coupling, and the like. FIG. 2 further shows the use of orthogonal protecting groups for the oxygen (V=O) and the nitrogen. After the coupling reaction, the phenol protecting group is removed and a variety of —W—NR4aR4b groups can be introduced. Subsequently, the alkyl amide protecting group can be hydrolyzed to provide the amine intermediate of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediate compounds of the present invention. FIG. 3 illustrates general methods for introducing a variety of halogens to compounds of the invention. It is understood that these halogenation reactions can also be conducted later in the synthesis, for example as the last step.
  • FIG. 4 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediate compounds of the present invention. FIG. 4 shows the general reactions, such as, alkylation and Mitsunobu-like reactions, for introducing the —W—NR4aR4b group.
  • FIG. 5 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of compounds of the present invention. FIG. 5 shows the general coupling reactions of the amino-intermediate with carboxylic acids, acyl halides, and the like.
  • FIG. 6 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of intermediates and compounds of the present invention. FIG. 6 illustrates the general methods for preparing pyrazoles of the present invention using substituted and unsubstituted hydrazines.
  • FIG. 7 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of compounds of the invention wherein the —W—NR4aR4b group is introduced in the last step(s). FIG. 7 shows the general reactions, such as, alkylation and Mitsunobu-like reactions, for introducing the —W—NR4aR4b group.
  • FIG. 8 shows the general synthetic scheme for the preparation of compounds of the invention wherein V is NH in Formula (Ia) and the —W—NR4aR4b group is introduced in the last step(s). FIG. 8 shows the general reactions, such as, alkylation reactions, for introducing the —W—NR4aR4b group wherein V is NH.
    •  DEFINITIONS
  • For clarity and consistency, the following definitions will be used throughout this patent document.
  • The term “agonists” shall mean moieties that interact and activate the receptor, such as the 5-HT2A receptor, and initiates a physiological or pharmacological response characteristic of that receptor. For example, when moieties activate the intracellular response upon binding to the receptor, or enhance GTP binding to membranes.
  • The term “antagonist” is intended to mean moieties that competitively bind to the receptor at the same site as agonists (for example, the endogenous ligand), but which do not activate the intracellular response initiated by the active form of the receptor, and can thereby inhibit the intracellular responses by agonists or partial agonists. Antagonists do not diminish the baseline intracellular response in the absence of an agonist or partial agonist.
  • The term “contact or contacting” is intended to mean bringing the indicated moieties together, whether in an in vitro system or an in vivo system. Thus, “contacting” a 5HT2A receptor with a compound of the invention includes the administration of a compound of the present invention to an individual, preferably a human, having a 5HT2A receptor, as well as, for example, introducing a compound of the invention into a sample containing a cellular or more purified preparation containing a 5HT2A receptor.
  • The term “mono-valent-metabolically-labile group” as used herein refers to any group that, following administration of a compound containing the group to an individual, is converted in vivo to a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R4b is H. The conversion of the “first metabolically-liable group” can be by metabolic and/or chemical processes and can occur in one step or through a series of two or more steps. Representative examples of a “mono-valent-metabolically-labile group” include, but are not limited to, —C(═O)O—R4c (thus, together with the nitrogen forms a carbamate), —C(═O)—R4c (together with the nitrogen forms an amide), and the like, wherein R4c is C1-18 alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, hydroxyl, thiol, nitro, oxo, phenyl, and sulfonamide. In some embodiments, the “mono-valent-metabolically-labile group” is C1-12 acyl, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, or C(═O)O-aryl, wherein the C1-12 acyl, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, and —C(═O)O-aryl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkylimino, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, halogen, nitro, and phenyl; or R4b is —C(═O)OCRaRbOC(═O)Rc, wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are each independently selected from H, or C1-6 alkyl. The groups illustrated are exemplary, not exhaustive, and one skilled in the art could prepare other known varieties of groups. In some cases, a “mono-valent-metabolically-labile group” (i.e., R4b) can serve to improve efficacy or safety through improved oral bioavailability, or pharmacodynamic half-life, etc.
  • The term “in need of treatment” is intended to mean a judgment made by a caregiver (e.g. physician, nurse, nurse practitioner, etc. in the case of humans; veterinarian in the case of animals, including non-human mammals) that an individual or animal requires or will benefit from treatment. This judgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm of a caregiver's expertise, but that includes the knowledge that the individual or animal is ill, or will become ill, as the result of a disease, condition or disorder that is treatable by the compounds of the invention. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used in a protective or preventive manner; or compounds of the invention can be used to alleviate, inhibit or ameliorate the disease, condition or disorder.
  • The term “individual” is intended to mean any animal, including mammals, preferably mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans.
  • The term “inverse agonists” is intended to mean moieties that bind the endogenous form of the receptor or to the constitutively activated form of the receptor, and which inhibit the baseline intracellular response initiated by the active form of the receptor below the normal base level of activity which is observed in the absence of agonists or partial agonists, or decrease GTP binding to membranes. Preferably, the baseline intracellular response is inhibited in the presence of the inverse agonist by at least 30%, more preferably by at least 50%, and most preferably by at least 75%, as compared with the baseline response in the absence of the inverse agonist.
  • The term “isolated” refers to material that is removed from its original environment (e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring). For example, a metabolite that is formed from a parent compound present in a natural system (e.g. individual) is not isolated, but the same metabolite, separated from some or all of the coexisting materials in the natural system is considered isolated. In addition, the metabolite that is prepared by synthetic means is also considered isolated.
  • The term “modulate or modulating” is intended to mean an increase or decrease in the amount, quality, response or effect of a particular activity, function or molecule.
  • The term “pharmaceutical composition” is intended to mean a composition comprising at least one active ingredient; including but not limited to, salts, solvates and hydrates of compounds of Formula (Ia); whereby the composition is amenable to investigation for a specified, efficacious outcome in a mammal (for example, without limitation, a human). Those of ordinary skill in the art will understand and appreciate the techniques appropriate for determining whether an active ingredient has a desired efficacious outcome based upon the needs of the artisan.
  • The term “prodrug” as used herein refers to any compound that when administered to a biological system (e.g., in vivo in an individual, and the like) generates a compound of Formula (Ia), wherein R4a and R4b are both H, as a result of chemical reaction(s), enzyme catalyzed chemical reaction(s), and/or metabolic chemical reaction(s). In some embodiments, compounds of the present invention can be converted to “pro-drugs.” In some embodiments, “pro-drugs” refer to compounds that have been modified with specific chemical groups known in the art and when administered into an individual these groups undergo biotransformation to give the parent compound. Pro-drugs can thus be viewed as compounds of the invention containing one or more specialized non-toxic protective groups used in a transient manner to alter or to eliminate a property of the compound. In one general aspect, the “pro-drug” approach is utilized to facilitate oral absorption. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • The term “divalent-metabolically-labile group” as used herein refers to any group that comprises R4a and R4b together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded and following administration of a compound containing the group, is converted in vivo to a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R4a and R4b are both H. The conversion of the “second metabolically-liable group” can be by metabolic and/or chemical processes and can occur in one step or through a series of two or more steps. Representative examples of a “divalent-metabolically-labile group” include, but are not limited to, when R4a and R4b together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded form a heterocyclic group optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, hydroxyl, thiol, nitro, oxo, phenyl, thiooxo, and sulfonamide (such as, morpholin-4-yl, 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl, and the like). The groups illustrated are exemplary, not exhaustive, and one skilled in the art could prepare other known varieties of groups. In some cases, a “divalent-metabolically-labile group” (i.e., related to when R4a and R4b together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded) can serve to improve efficacy or safety through improved oral bioavailability, or pharmacodynamic half-life, etc.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amount” is intended to mean the amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue, system, animal, individual or human that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, which includes one or more of the following:
  • (1) Preventing the disease; for example, preventing a disease, condition or disorder in an individual that may be predisposed to the disease, condition or disorder but does not yet experience or display the pathology or symptomatology of the disease,
  • (2) Inhibiting the disease; for example, inhibiting a disease, condition or disorder in an individual that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., arresting further development of the pathology and/or symptomatology), and
  • (3) Ameliorating the disease; for example, ameliorating a disease, condition or disorder in an individual that is experiencing or displaying the pathology or symptomatology of the disease, condition or disorder (i.e., reversing the pathology and/or symptomatology).
  • Chemical Group, Moiety or Radical:
  • The term directly preceeding the chemical group beginning with “C” followed directly by a subscript number or a subscript range of numbers refers to the number of carbons associated with the chemical group. For example, the term “C1-6” in the chemical group “C1-6 alkyl” refers to an alkyl group containing one, two, three, four, five, or six carbons, and all possible isomers.
  • The term “C1-12 acyl” denotes a C1-12 alkyl radical attached to a carbonyl wherein alkyl has the same definition as described herein, some embodiments are when acyl is C1-6 acyl, some embodiments are when acyl is C1-5 acyl; some examples include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, n-butanoyl, iso-butanoyl, sec-butanoyl, t-butanoyl (i.e., pivaloyl), pentanoyl and the like.
  • The term “C1-12 acyloxy” denotes an acyl radical attached to an oxygen atom wherein acyl has the same definition has described herein; some embodiments are when acyloxy is C1-11 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C1-10 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C1-8 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C1-6 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C1-5 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C1-4 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C10-12 acyloxy, some embodiments are when acyloxy is C8-10 acyloxy. Some examples include, but are not limited to, acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butanoyloxy, iso-butanoyloxy, sec-butanoyloxy, t-butanoyloxy, pentanoyloxy, hexanoyloxy, heptanoyloxy, octanoyloxy, nonanoyloxy, decanoyloxy, undecanoyloxy, dodecanoyloxy, and the like.
  • The term “C2-6 alkenyl” denotes a radical containing 2 to 6 carbons wherein at least one carbon-carbon double bond is present, some embodiments are 2 to 4 carbons, some embodiments are 2 to 3 carbons, and some embodiments have 2 carbons. Both E and Z isomers are embraced by the term “alkenyl.” Furthermore, the term “alkenyl” includes di- and tri-alkenyls. Accordingly, if more than one double bond is present then the bonds may be all E or Z or a mixtures of E and Z. Examples of an alkenyl include vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexanyl, 2,4-hexadienyl and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 alkoxy” as used herein denotes an alkyl radical, as defined herein, attached directly to an oxygen atom. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, t-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino” denotes the group represented by the formula:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00003
  • wherein C1-6 alkyl has the same definition as found herein. Examples of C1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino include methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, isopropoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino, tert-butoxycarbonylamino, butoxycarbonylamino, and the like.
  • The term “C1-8 alkyl” denotes a straight or branched carbon radical containing 1 to 8 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 6 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 4 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 3 carbons, and some embodiments are 1 or 2 carbons. Examples of an alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, iso-pentyl, t-pentyl, neo-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl [i.e., —CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3], 2-methylbutyl [i.e., —CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3], n-hexyl and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 alkylcarboxamido” or “C1-6 alkylcarboxamide” denotes a single C1-6 alkyl group attached to the nitrogen of an amide group, wherein alkyl has the same definition as found herein. The C1-6 alkylcarboxamido may be represented by the following:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00004
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, N-methylcarboxamide, N-ethylcarboxamide, N-n-propylcarboxamide, N-iso-propylcarboxamide, N-n-butylcarboxamide, N-sec-butylcarboxamide, N-iso-butylcarboxamide, N-t-butylcarboxamide and the like.
  • The term “C1-4 alkylene” refers to a C1-4 divalent straight carbon group containing 1 to 4 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 3 carbons, some embodiments are 1 to 2 carbons. In some embodiments alkylene refers to, for example, —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2CH2CH2—, and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 alkylsulfinyl” denotes a C1-6 alkyl radical attached to a sulfoxide radical of the formula: —S(O)— wherein the alkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, n-propylsulfinyl, iso-propylsulfinyl, n-butylsulfinyl, sec-butylsulfinyl, iso-butylsulfinyl, t-butylsulfinyl, and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 alkylsulfonamide” refers to the groups shown below:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00005
  • wherein C1-6 alkyl has the same definition as described herein.
  • The term “C1-6 alkylsulfonyl” denotes a C1-6 alkyl radical attached to a sulfone radical of the formula: —S(O)2— wherein the alkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, iso-propylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, sec-butylsulfonyl, iso-butylsulfonyl, t-butylsulfonyl, and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 alkylthio” denotes a C1-6 alkyl radical attached to a sulfide of the formula: —S— wherein the alkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfanyl (i.e., CH3S—), ethylsulfanyl, n-propylsulfanyl, iso-propylsulfanyl, n-butylsulfanyl, sec-butylsulfanyl, iso-butylsulfanyl, t-butylsulfanyl, and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 alkylthiocarboxamide” denotes a thioamide of the following formulae:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00006
  • wherein C1-4 alkyl has the same definition as described herein.
  • The term “C1-6 alkylureyl” denotes the group of the formula: —NC(O)N— wherein one or both of the nitrogens are substituted with the same or different C1-6 alkyl group wherein alkyl has the same definition as described herein. Examples of an alkylureyl include, but are not limited to, CH3NHC(O)NH—, NH2C(O)NCH3—, (CH3)2NC(O)NH—, (CH3)2NC(O)NH—, (CH3)2NC(O)NCH3—, CH3CH2NHC(O)NH—, CH3CH2NHC(O)NCH3—, and the like.
  • The term “C2-6 alkynyl” denotes a radical containing 2 to 6 carbons and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, some embodiments are 2 to 4 carbons, some embodiments are 2 to 3 carbons, and some embodiments have 2 carbons. Examples of an alkynyl include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl and the like. The term “alkynyl” includes di- and tri-ynes.
  • The term “amino” denotes the group —NH2.
  • The term “C1-6 alkylamino” denotes one alkyl radical attached to an amino radical wherein the alkyl radical has the same meaning as described herein. Some examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, iso-propylamino, n-butylamino, sec-butylamino, iso-butylamino, t-butylamino, and the like. Some embodiments are “C1-2 alkylamino.”
  • The term “aryl” denotes a 6- to 12-membered mono- or bicyclic ring system containing only ring carbons wherein at least one ring is aromatic. Examples include phenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-1-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalen-1-yl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-yl, indan-4-yl, naphtha-1-yl, naphtha-2-yl, and the like.
  • The term “arylalkyl” defines a C1-C4 alkylene, such as —CH2—, —CH2CH2— and the like, which is further substituted with an aryl group. Examples of an “arylalkyl” include benzyl, phenethylene and the like.
  • The term “arylcarboxamido” denotes a single aryl group attached to the nitrogen of an amide group, wherein aryl has the same definition as found herein. The example is N-phenylcarboxamide.
  • The term “arylureyl” denotes the group —NC(O)N— where one of the nitrogens are substituted with an aryl.
  • The term “benzyl” denotes the group —CH2C6H5.
  • The term “bicyclic” refers to two C4-7 cyclalkyl groups that share two ring carbons thus forming either a fused or bridged ring. Bicyclic examples include, but not limited to, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentyl, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl, and the like.
  • The term “carbo-C1-6-alkoxy” refers to a C1-6 alkyl ester of a carboxylic acid, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, carbomethoxy, carboethoxy, carbopropoxy, carboisopropoxy, carbobutoxy, carbo-sec-butoxy, carbo-iso-butoxy, carbo-t-butoxy, carbo-n-pentoxy, carbo-iso-pentoxy, carbo-t-pentoxy, carbo-neo-pentoxy, carbo-n-hexyloxy, and the like.
  • The term “carboxamide” refers to the group —CONH2.
  • The term “carboxy” or “carboxyl” denotes the group —CO2H; also referred to as a carboxylic acid group.
  • The term “cyano” denotes the group —CN.
  • The term “C4-7 cycloalkenyl” denotes a non-aromatic ring radical containing 4 to 7 ring carbons and at least one double bond; some embodiments contain 4 to 6 carbons; some embodiments contain 4 to 5 carbons; some embodiments contain 4 carbons. Examples include cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and the like.
  • The term “C3-10 cycloalkyl” denotes a saturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring radical containing 3 to 8 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 7 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 6 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 5 carbons; some embodiments contain 5 to 7 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 4 carbons. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, and the like.
  • The term “C3-7 cycloalkylcarbonyl” denotes a C3-7 cycloalkyl group, as described herein, bonded to the carbon of a carbonyl group (i.e., —C(═O)—). Examples of the C3-7 cycloalkylcarbonyl group include, but not limited to, cyclopropylcarbonyl, cyclobutylcarbonyl, cyclopentylcarbonyl, and the like.
  • The term “C3-6 cycloalkylene” refers to a divalent cycloalkyl radical, where cycloalkyl is as defined herein, containing 3 to 6 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 5 carbons; some embodiments contain 3 to 4 carbons. In some embodiments, the C3-6 cycloalkylene group has the two bonding groups on the same ring carbon, for example:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00007
  • In some embodiments, the C3-6 cycloalkylene group has the two bonding groups on different ring carbons. It is understood that when the two groups of the C3-6 cycloalkylene group are on different ring carbons they may be cis or trans or mixtures thereof with respect to each other.
  • The term “C2-8 dialkylamino” denotes an amino substituted with two of the same or different C1-4 alkyl radicals wherein alkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Some examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, methylethylamino, diethylamino, methylpropylamino, methylisopropylamino, ethylpropylamino, ethylisopropylamino, dipropylamino, propylisopropylamino and the like. Some embodiments are “C2-4 dialkylamino.”
  • The term “C2-8 dialkylcarboxamido” or “C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide” denotes two alkyl radicals, that are the same or different, attached to an amide group, wherein alkyl has the same definition as described herein. A C2-8 dialkylcarboxamido may be represented by the following groups:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00008
  • wherein C1-4 has the same definition as described herein. Examples of a dialkylcarboxamide include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylcarboxamide, N-methyl-N-ethylcarboxamide, N,N-diethylcarboxamide, N-methyl-N-isopropylcarboxamide, and the like.
  • The term “C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide” refers to one of the following groups shown below:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00009
  • wherein C1-4 has the same definition as described herein, for example but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, and the like.
  • The term “C2-8 dialkylthiocarboxamido” or “C2-8 dialkylthiocarbox-amide” denotes two alkyl radicals, that are the same or different, attached to a thioamide group, wherein alkyl has the same definition as described herein. A C2-8 dialkylthiocarboxamido or C2-8 dialkylthiocarboxamide may be represented by the following groups:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00010
  • Examples of a dialkylthiocarboxamide include, but are not limited to, N,N-dimethylthiocarboxamide, N-methyl-N-ethylthiocarboxamide and the like.
  • The term “formyl” refers to the group —CHO.
  • The term “C1-6 haloalkoxy” denotes a C1-6 haloalkyl, as defined herein, which is directly attached to an oxygen atom. Examples include, but are not limited to, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 haloalkyl” denotes an C1-6 alkyl group, defined herein, wherein the alkyl is substituted with one halogen up to fully substituted and a fully substituted C1-6 haloalkyl can be represented by the formula CnL2n+1 wherein L is a halogen and “n” is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; when more than one halogen is present then they may be the same or different and selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I, in some embodiments, the halogen is F. Examples of haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chlorodifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 haloalkylcarboxamide” denotes an C1-6 alkylcarboxamide group, defined herein, wherein the alkyl is substituted with one halogen up to fully substituted represented by the formula CnL2n+1 wherein L is a halogen and “n” is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. When more than one halogen is present they may be the same or different and selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I, preferably F.
  • The term “C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl” denotes a C1-6 haloalkyl radical attached to a sulfoxide group of the formula: —S(O)— wherein the haloalkyl radical has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethylsulfinyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethylsulfinyl, 2,2-difluoroethylsulfinyl and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl” denotes a C1-6 haloalkyl radical attached to a sulfone group of the formula: —S(O)2— wherein haloalkyl has the same definition as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethylsulfonyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethylsulfonyl, 2,2-difluoroethylsulfonyl and the like.
  • The term “C1-6 haloalkylthio” denotes a C1-6 haloalkyl radical directly attached to a sulfur wherein the haloalkyl has the same meaning as described herein. Examples include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethylthio (i.e., CF3S—, also referred to as trifluoromethylsulfanyl), 1,1-difluoroethylthio, 2,2,2-trifluoroethylthio and the like. The term “halogen” or “halo” denotes to a fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo group.
  • The term “heteroaryl” denotes a 6- to 12-membered mono- or bicyclic ring system wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom and at least one ring is aromatic. Examples of a heteroatom include, O, S, N and the the like. In some embodiments, N is optionally substituted, for example, H, or C1-4 alkyl. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, benzofuranyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, 1H-benzimidazolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, 1H-benzoimidazol-2-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-7-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofurn-7-yl, 2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, and the like. Other examples include, but are not limited to, those in TABLE 1, TABLE 2, and the like.
  • The term “heterobicyclic” denotes a non-aromatic bicyclic ring, as described herein, wherein 1, 2, or 3 ring carbons are replaced with a heteroatom selected from, but are not limited to, the group consisting of O, S, S(═O), S(═O)2, and NH, wherein the nitrogen can be optionally substituted, and 1 or 2 ring carbons can be optionally substituted with oxo or thiooxo thus together form a carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group respectively. Examples of a heterobicyclic group include, but are not limited to, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, 7-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl, and the like.
  • The term “heterocyclic” denotes a 3- to 12-membered mono- or bicyclic non-aromatic ring system wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom. In some embodiments, heteroatom is selected from, but are not limited to, the group consisting of O, S, S(═O), S(═O)2, NH, wherein the N of the heterocyclic can be optionally substituted as described herein, in some embodiments, the nitrogen is optionally substituted with C1-4 acyl or C1-4 alkyl, and ring carbon atoms optionally substituted with oxo or a thiooxo thus forming a carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group. The heterocyclic group can be bonded at any available ring atom, for example, ring carbon, ring nitrogen, and the like. In some embodiments, the heterocyclic group is a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered containing ring. Examples of a heterocyclic group include, but are not limited to, aziridin-1-yl, aziridin-2-yl, azetidin-1-yl, azetidin-2-yl, azetidin-3-yl, piperidin-1-yl, piperidin-2-yl, piperidin-3-yl, piperidin-4-yl, morpholin-2-yl, morpholin-3-yl, morpholin-4-yl, piperzin-1-yl, piperzin-2-yl, piperzin-3-yl, piperzin-4-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-2-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, [1,3]-dioxolan-2-yl, thiomorpholin-4-yl, [1,4]oxazepan-4-yl, 1,1-dioxo-1λ6-thiomorpholin-4-yl, azepan-1-yl, azepan-2-yl, azepan-3-yl, azepan-4-yl, octahydro-quinolin-1-yl, octahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl, and the like.
  • The term “hydroxyl” refers to the group —OH.
  • The term “nitro” refers to the group —NO2.
  • As used herein, the term “oxo” refers to the substituent ═O, accordingly, when a carbon is substituted by an oxo group the new group resulting from the carbon and oxo together is a carbonyl group.
  • The term “phenoxy” refers to the group C6H5O—.
  • The term “phenyl” refers to the group C6H5—.
  • The term“sulfonic acid” refers to the group —SO3H.
  • The term “thiol” denotes the group —SH.
    • Compounds of the Invention:
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ia):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00011
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof; wherein R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R5, R6, R7, R8, V, W, X, and Z have the same definitions as described herein, supra and infra.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ia) wherein:
  • R4a is H; and
  • R4b is H, C1-12 acyl, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, or C(═O)O-aryl, wherein the C1-12 acyl, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, and —C(═O)O-aryl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkylimino, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, halogen, nitro, and phenyl;
  • or R4b is —C(═O)OCRaRbOC(═O)Rc, wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are each independently selected from H, or C1-6 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention pertains to compounds of Formula (Ia), as described herein, that are isolated.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention pertains to compounds of Formula (Ia), as described herein, that are isolated outside the body of an individual.
  • In some embodiments, isolated compounds of Formula (Ia) have a purity of greater than about 0.1%, about 1%, about 5%, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98%, or about 99%.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention pertains to compounds of Formula (Ia), as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or N-oxide thereof.
  • It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination. All combinations of the embodiments pertaining to the chemical groups represented by the variables (e.g., R1, R2, R3, R4a, R4b, R5, R6, R7, R8, V, W, X, Z, etc.) contained within the generic chemical formulae described herein [e.g. (Ia), (Ic), (IC), etc.] are specifically embraced by the present invention just as if they were explicitly disclosed, to the extent that such combinations embrace compounds that are stable compounds (ie., compounds that can be isolated, characterized and tested for biological activity). In addition, all subcombinations of the chemical groups listed in the embodiments describing such variables, as well as all subcombinations of uses and medical indications described herein, are also specifically embraced by the present invention just as if each of such subcombination of chemical groups and subcombination of uses and medical indications were explicitly disclosed herein.
  • As used herein, “substituted” indicates that at least one hydrogen atom of the chemical group is replaced by a non-hydrogen substituent or group, the non-hydrogen substituent or group can be monovalent or divalent. When the substituent or group is divalent, then it is understood that this group is further substituted with another substituent or group. When a chemical group herein is “substituted” it may have up to the full valance of substitution; for example, a methyl group can be substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents, a methylene group can be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents, a phenyl group can be substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, a naphthyl group can be substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 substituents and the like. Likewise, “substituted with one or more substituents” refers to the substitution of a group with one substituent up to the total number of substituents physically allowed by the group. Further, when a group is substituted with more than one group they can be identical or they can be different.
  • Compounds of the invention can also include tautomeric forms, such as keto-enol tautomers, and the like. Tautomeric forms can be in equilibrium or sterically locked into one form by appropriate substitution. It is understood that the various tautomeric forms are within the scope of the compounds of the present invention.
  • Compounds of the invention can also include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the intermediates and/or final compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. For example, isotopes of hydrogen include deuterium and tritium.
  • It is understood and appreciated that compounds of the present invention may have one or more chiral centers, and therefore can exist as enantiomers and/or diastereomers. The invention is understood to extend to and embrace all such enantiomers, diastereomers and mixtures thereof, including but not limited, to racemates. Accordingly, some embodiments of the present invention pertain to compounds of the present invention that are R enantiomers. Further, some embodiments of the present invention pertain to compounds of the present invention that are S enantiomers. In examples where more than one chiral center is present, then, some embodiments of the present invention include compounds that are RS or SR enantiomers. In further embodiments, compounds of the present invention are RR or SS enantiomers. It is understood that compounds of the present invention are intended to represent all possible individual enantiomers and mixtures thereof just as if each had been individually named with the structure provided, unless stated or shown otherwise.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ic):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00012
  • wherein each variable in Formula (Ic) has the same meaning as described herein, supra and infra.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ie):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00013
  • wherein each variable in Formula (Ie) has the same meaning as described herein, supra and infra.
  • In some embodiments, X is O.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ig):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00014
  • wherein each variable in Formula (Ig) has the same meaning as described herein, supra and infra.
  • In some embodiments, X is S.
  • In some embodiments, V is O.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ik):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00015
  • wherein each variable in Formula (Ik) has the same meaning as described herein, supra and infra.
  • In some embodiments, V is NH.
  • In some embodiments, X is O and V is O.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Im):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00016
  • wherein each variable in Formula (Im) has the same meaning as described herein, supra and infra.
  • In some embodiments, X is O and V is NH.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Io):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00017
  • wherein each variable in Formula (Io) has the same meaning as described herein, supra and infra.
  • In some embodiments, W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, oxo and imino, wherein the C1-3 alkyl is optionally substituted with C1-3 alkylsulfonyl.
  • In some embodiments, W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH3, cyclohexyl, —CH2CH2S(═O)2CH3, cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino
  • In some embodiments, W is —CH2CH2—.
  • In some embodiments, Z is absent.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds as shown in Formula (Ip):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00018
  • wherein each variable in Formula (Ip) has the same meaning as described herein, supra and infra.
  • In some embodiments, Z is —CH2— or —CH2CH2— each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-4 alkoxy and oxo.
  • In some embodiments, Z is —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —CH2CH2—, or —CH(OCH3)—.
  • In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments, R1 is —CH3.
  • In some embodiments, R1 is H.
  • It is understood when R1 is H that tautomers are possible. It is well understood and appreciated in the art that pyrazoles can exist in various tautomeric forms. Two possible tautomeric forms are illustrated below:
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00019
  • It is further understood that tautomeric forms can also have corresponding nomenclature for each represented tautomer, for example, the pyrazol-3-yl groups in Formula (Ir) and Formula (It) can be represented by the general chemical names 1H-pyrazol-3-yl and 2H-pyrazol-3-yl respectively. Therefore, the present invention includes all tautomers and the various nomenclature designations.
  • In some embodiments, R2 is H.
  • In some embodiments, R3 is H or halogen.
  • In some embodiments, R3 is H, Cl, or Br.
  • In some embodiments, R4a is H.
  • In some embodiments, R4a and R4b are both H.
  • In some embodiments, R4a is H, and R4b is C1-12 acyl.
  • In some embodiments, R4a is H, and R4b is carbo-C1-6-alkoxy.
  • In some embodiments, R4a is H, and R4b is —C(═O)OCRaRbOC(═O)Rc, wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are each independently selected from H or CH3.
  • In some embodiments, R5 is H.
  • In some embodiments, R6 is H.
  • In some embodiments, R7 is H.
  • In some embodiments, R5, R6, and R7 are each H.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is aryl optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylamino, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyloxy, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with heterocyclyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is phenyl or naphthyl each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —C(═O)CH3, —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —OCH(CH3)2, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —NHC(═O)CH3, —N(CH3)2, cyano, —O-cyclopentyl, F, Cl, Br, —OCH2CF3, —OCF3, —OCF2CF3, —CF3, thiophen-2-yl, and 1,1-dioxo-1λ6-thiomorpholin-4-yl-CH2—.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-chloro-phenyl, 3-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-methoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3,4-dichloro-phenyl, 2-methyl-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-ethoxy-phenyl, 3-chloro-phenyl, 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, and 4-methyl-phenyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is selected from the group consisting of 2-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-cyano-phenyl, 3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-methyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-ethyl-phenyl, 4-thiophen-2-yl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-isopropoxy-phenyl, 3,5-difluoro-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 2,2-dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-7-yl, 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-bromo-phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-methyl-phenyl, 3-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 2-bromo-5-methoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-bromo-3-methyl-phenyl, naphthalen-2-yl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 3-chloro-phenyl, 2-cyano-phenyl, 4-methyl-phenyl, 5-methoxy-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, phenyl, 2,4,5-trifluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-bromo-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-cyano-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-phenyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-5-methoxy-phenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 4-acetylamino-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methyl-phenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chloro-6-fluoro-phenyl, 4-(1,1-dioxo-1λ6-thiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl, 2-methoxy-phenyl, 4-acetyl-phenyl, and 8-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-yl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is GA-alkyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is ethyl or t-buyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is heterocyclyl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 alkoxy, halogen, heteroaryl, and phenyl, wherein the C1-6 alkyl, heteroaryl, and phenyl are each optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 alkoxy, halogen, and C1-6 haloalkyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is selected from the group consisting of octahydro-quinolin-1-yl, octahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl, 4-pyridin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl, 2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl, 4-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl, 2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl, 4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl, 5,6-dihydro-4H-pyrimidin-1-yl, and tetrahydro-furan-2-yl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting C1-6 alkoxy, and halogen.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is selected from the group consisting of 4-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl, 2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl, 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, 3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, and 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-benzo[b][1,4]diazepin-1-yl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C1-6 alkylthio, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-6 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, and the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —CH2CH2CH2CH3, —C(CH3)3, —NHC(═O)CH3, —SCH3, cyano, cyclopropyl, F, Cl, Br, —CF3, hydroxyl, morpholin-4-yl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, and the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen.
  • In some embodiments, heteroaryl is a 5-membered heteroaryl, for example, a 5-membered heteroaryl as shown in TABLE 1:
  • TABLE 1
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00020
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00021
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00022
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00023
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00024

    wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl is bonded at any available position of the ring, for example, a imidazolyl ring can be bonded at one of the ring nitrogens (i.e., imidazol-1-yl group) or at one of the ring carbons (i.e., imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imiadazol-5-yl group).
  • In some embodiments, heteroaryl is a 6-membered heteroaryl, for example, a 6-membered heteroaryl as shown in TABLE 2:
  • TABLE 2
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00025
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00026

    wherein the heteroaryl group is bonded at any ring carbon.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is selected from the group consisting of 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-7-yl, 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl, benzotriazol-5-yl, 4-methyl-thiazol-5-yl, 5-isopropyl-isoxazol-3-yl, thiazol-4-yl, 4-methyl-oxazol-5-yl, 1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-isoxazol-4-yl, 4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-methyl-isoxazol-4-yl, 5-cyclopropyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl, 5-ethyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-ethoxy-thiophen-2-yl, 5-butyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 4-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 1-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl, 3-methyl-benzofuran-2-yl, 4,5-dichloro-isothiazol-3-yl, 3-chloro-5-fluoro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl, 2,5-dichloro-thiophen-3-yl, 4-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 3-chloro-thiophen-2-yl, 3-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl, 4-bromo-thiophen-2-yl, 5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 6-morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-3-yl, 1-tert-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 5-methyl-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-yl, 2-phenoxy-pyridin-3-yl, 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl, 6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-pyridazin-3-yl, quinolin-2-yl, 5 methyl pyridin 3 yl, 4,5-dimethyl-furan-2-yl, 2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-yl, 2-bromo-4-methyl-thiazol-5-yl, 5-bromo-pyridin-3-yl, 3-fluoro-pyridin-4-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, 2-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-oxazol-4-yl, 1H-indol-2-yl, 2-methyl-pyridin-3-yl, 6-pyrrolidin-1-yl-pyridin-3-yl, 6-phenoxy-pyridin-3-yl, 1H-imidazol-4-yl, 6 methyl pyridin 3 yl, 2,6-dimethoxy-pyridin-3-yl, 4-chloro-pyridin-3-yl, 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 6-oxo-6H-pyran-3-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, 5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-chloro-6-fluoro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl, 2-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl, 6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 3-chloro-pyridin-4-yl, 4-methoxy-thiophen-3-yl, 6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl, 5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 4-chloro-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-bromo-furan-2-yl, 4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-yl, 3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-yl, 1-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-isoxazol-4-yl, 3-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 5-isopropyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl, 2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl, 2-ethoxy-pyridin-3-yl, benzo[c]isoxazol-3-yl, 6-acetylamino-pyridin-3-yl, 2-methylsulfanyl-pyridin-3-yl, 6-cyano-pyridin-3-yl, 5-phenyl-isoxazol-3-yl, 5-chloro-1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 5-chloro-thiophen-2-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-furan-3-yl, furan-2-yl, 5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-furan-3-yl, 3-phenyl-isoxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, 4-methyl-[1,2,3]oxadiazol-5-yl, and 2-methyl-furan-3-yl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is benzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl, thiophen-3-yl, 1H-indol-3-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-pyrazol-1-yl, or 5-methyl-tetrazol-1-yl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is C3-10 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 alkoxy, halogen, and C1-6 haloalkyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is 3-methoxy-cyclohexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, 4-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl, 4,4-difluroro-cyclohexyl, or adamantanyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is 3-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 4-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl, or 4,4-difluroro-cyclohexyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is 3-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 4-methoxy-cyclohexyl, cyclohexyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl, or 4,4-difluroro-cyclohexyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclopropyl.
  • In some embodiments, R8 is bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl or adamantanyl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00027
  • wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C1-3 haloalkyl, oxo and imino, wherein the C1-3 alkyl is optionally substituted with C1-3 alkylsulfonyl;
  • Z is absent; or Z is —CH2— or —CH2CH2— each optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-4 alkoxy and oxo;
  • R3 is H or halogen;
  • R4b is H, C1-12 acyl, or carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, wherein the C1-5 acyl, and carbo-C1-6-alkoxy are each optionally substituted with halogen;
  • or
  • R4b is —C(═O)OCRaRbOC(═O)Rc, wherein Ra, Rb and Rc are each independently selected from H, or C1-6 alkyl; and
  • R8 is C1-8-alkyl, aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkylthio, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyloxy, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, wherein the C1-6 alkyl and phenyl are each optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from heterocyclyl and halogen. Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH3, cyclohexyl, —CH2CH2S(═O)2CH3, cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —CH2CH2—, or —CH(OCH3)—;
  • R3 is H, Cl, or Br;
  • R4b is H; and
  • R8 is C1-8-alkyl, aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkylthio, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyloxy, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, hydroxyl, phenyl, and phenoxy, wherein the C1-6 alkyl and phenyl are each optionally substituted with 1 substituent selected from heterocyclyl and halogen.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH3, cyclohexyl, —CH2CH2S(═O)2CH3, cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is —CH2— or —CH2CH2—;
  • R3 is H, Cl, or Br;
  • R4b is H; and
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, 2-chloro-phenyl, 3-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-methoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3,4-dichloro-phenyl, 2-methyl-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-ethoxy-phenyl, 3-chloro-phenyl, 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 2-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, and 4-methyl-phenyl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH3, cyclohexyl, —CH2CH2S(═O)2CH3, cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is absent;
  • R3 is H, Cl, or Br;
  • R4b is H; and
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of 2-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-cyano-phenyl, 3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-methyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-ethyl-phenyl, 4-thiophen-2-yl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-isopropoxy-phenyl, 3,5-difluoro-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 2,2-dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-7-yl, 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-bromo-phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-methyl-phenyl, 3-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 2-bromo-5-methoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-bromo-3-methyl-phenyl, naphthalen-2-yl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 3-chloro-phenyl, 2-cyano-phenyl, 4-methyl-phenyl, 5-methoxy-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, phenyl, 2,4,5-trifluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-bromo-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-cyano-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-phenyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-5-methoxy-phenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 4-acetylamino-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methyl-phenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chloro-6-fluoro-phenyl, 4-(1,1-dioxo-1λ6-thiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl, 2-methoxy-phenyl, 4-acetyl-phenyl, and 8-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-yl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2—;
  • Z is absent;
  • R3 is H, Cl, or Br;
  • R4b is H; and
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of 2-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-cyano-phenyl, 3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-methyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-ethyl-phenyl, 4-thiophen-2-yl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-isopropoxy-phenyl, 3,5-difluoro-phenyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 2,2-dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-7-yl, 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-bromo-phenyl, 3-methoxy-4-methyl-phenyl, 3-methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 2-bromo-5-methoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-bromo-3-methyl-phenyl, naphthalen-2-yl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 3-chloro-phenyl, 2-cyano-phenyl, 4-methyl-phenyl, 5-methoxy-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl, phenyl, 2,4,5-trifluoro-3-methoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-bromo-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3-bromo-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-cyano-phenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-phenyl, 3-chloro-4-methoxy-phenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl, 2-fluoro-5-methoxy-phenyl, 3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 4-acetylamino-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methyl-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-methyl-phenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-3-fluoro-phenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2-chloro-6-fluoro-phenyl, 4-(1,1-dioxo-1λ6-thiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl, 2-methoxy-phenyl, 4-acetyl-phenyl, and 8-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-yl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH3, cyclohexyl, —CH2CH2S(═O)2CH3, cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is absent;
  • R3 is H, Cl, or Br;
  • R4b is H; and
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of octahydro-quinolin-1-yl, octahydro-isoquinolin-2-yl, 4-pyridin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-piperazin-1-yl, 4-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl, 2-methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl, 4-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl, 2,5-dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl, 4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl, and 5,6-dihydro-4H-pyrimidin-1-yl, and tetrahydro-furan-2-yl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH3, cyclohexyl, —CH2CH2S(═O)2CH3, cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is absent;
  • R3 is H, Cl, or Br;
  • R4b is H; and
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of 4-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-quinolin-1-yl, 2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl, 5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6-chloro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-indol-1-yl, 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, 3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, and 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-benzo[b][1,4]diazepin-1-yl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH3, cyclohexyl, —CH2CH2S(═O)2CH3, cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is absent;
  • R3 is H, Cl, or Br;
  • R4b is H; and
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazin-7-yl, 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxol-4-yl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-yl, benzotriazol-5-yl, 4-methyl-thiazol-5-yl, 5-isopropyl-isoxazol-3-yl, thiazol-4-yl, 4-methyl-oxazol-5-yl, 1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-isoxazol-4-yl, 4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-methyl-isoxazol-4-yl, 5-cyclopropyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl, 5-ethyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-ethoxy-thiophen-2-yl, 5-butyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, thiophen-2-yl, 4-fluoro-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 3-pyridinyl, 1-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl, 3-methyl-benzofuran-2-yl, 4,5-dichloro-isothiazol-3-yl, 3-chloro-5-fluoro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl, 2,5-dichloro-thiophen-3-yl, 4-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 3-chloro-thiophen-2-yl, 3-methyl-3H-imidazol-4-yl, 4-bromo-thiophen-2-yl, 5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 6-morpholin-4-yl-pyridin-3-yl, 1-tert-butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 5-methyl-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-yl, 2-phenoxy-pyridin-3-yl, 5-methyl-pyrazin-2-yl, 6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-pyridazin-3-yl, quinolin-2-yl, 5-methyl-pyridin-3-yl, 4,5-dimethyl-furan-2-yl, 2,4-dimethyl-thiazol-5-yl, 2-bromo-4-methyl-thiazol-5-yl, 5-bromo-pyridin-3-yl, 3-fluoro-pyridin-4-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl, 2-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-oxazol-4-yl, 1H-indol-2-yl, 2-methyl-pyridin-3-yl, 6-pyrrolidin-1-yl-pyridin-3-yl, 6-phenoxy-pyridin-3-yl, 1H-imidazol-4-yl, 6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl, 2,6-dimethoxy-pyridin-3-yl, 4-chloro-pyridin-3-yl, 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 6-oxo-6H-pyran-3-yl, cinnolin-4-yl, 5-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3-chloro-6-fluoro-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl, 2-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl, 6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl, 3-chloro-pyridin-4-yl, 4-methoxy-thiophen-3-yl, 6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl, 5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 4-chloro-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-bromo-furan-2-yl, 4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-yl, 3,5-dichloro-pyridin-4-yl, 1-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 3,5-dimethyl-isoxazol-4-yl, 3-methyl-thiophen-2-yl, 5-isopropyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl, 6-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-3-yl, 2-oxo-1,2-dihydro-pyridin-3-yl, 2-ethoxy-pyridin-3-yl, benzo[c]isoxazol-3-yl, 6-acetylamino-pyridin-3-yl, 2-methylsulfanyl-pyridin-3-yl, 6-cyano-pyridin-3-yl, 5-phenyl-isoxazol-3-yl, 5-chloro-1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl, 5-chloro-thiophen-2-yl, 2,5-dimethyl-furan-3-yl, furan-2-yl, 5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-furan-3-yl, 3-phenyl-isoxazol-5-yl, isoxazol-5-yl, 4-methyl-[1,2,3]oxadiazol-5-yl, and 2-methyl-furan-3-yl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention pertain to certain compounds of Formula (IIa) wherein:
  • W is —CH2CH2— optionally substituted with 1 to 2 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of —CH3, cyclohexyl, —CH2CH2S(═O)2CH3, cyclohexylmethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, oxo and imino;
  • Z is absent or —CH2—;
  • R3 is H, Cl, or Br;
  • R4b is H; and
  • R8 is 3-methoxy-cyclohexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, 4-methoxy-cyclohexyl, 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl, 4,4-difluroro-cyclohexyl, and adamantanyl.
  • In some embodiments, a compound of the present invention is other than a compound of Formula (III):
  • Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00028
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof;
  • wherein:
  • V2 is O, S, S(═O), S(═O)2 or NR30;
  • W2 is C1-4 alkylene optionally substituted with 1 to 8 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, carboxy, cyano, C1-3 haloalkyl, halogen and oxo; or W is absent;
  • X2 is C(═O), C(═S) or absent;
  • Y2 is O, NR31 or absent;
  • Z2 is C1-4 alkylene, or C3-6 cycloalkylene, each optionally substituted with 1 to 8 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, carboxy, cyano, C1-3 haloalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, and oxo; or Z is absent;
  • R21 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl and C3-7 cycloalkyl;
  • R22 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, hydroxyl, thiol, nitro and sulfonamide;
  • R23 is selected from the group consisting of H, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, halogen, heteroaryl and phenyl; and wherein each of the C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C3-7 cycloalkyl, heteroaryl and phenyl groups are optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-5 acyl, C1-5 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-8 alkyl, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-4 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 alkylsulfonamide, C1-4 alkylsulfinyl, C1-4 alkylsulfonyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylureyl, amino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-6 dialkylcarboxamide, halogen, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-4 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-4 haloalkylthio, hydroxyl, nitro and sulfonamide;
  • R24 is heterobicyclic, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl each optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-12 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkoxycarbonylamino, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-4 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-4 alkylsulfonamide, C1-4 alkylsulfinyl, C1-4 alkylsulfonyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylureyl, amino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-7 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C2-6 dialkylcarboxamide, formyl, halogen, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-4 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-4 haloalkylthio, heteroaryl, hydroxyl, nitro, phenyl and sulfonamide; wherein the C1-5 acyl, C1-5 acyloxy, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 alkylcarboxamide, amino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, and heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C1-5 acyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-4 alkylcarboxamide, C1-4 alkylsulfonyl, amino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-6 cycloalkyl, halogen, C1-4 haloalkoxy, C1-4 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, and phenyl;
  • R25, R26, and R27 are each selected independently from the group consisting of H, C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkylimino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, heterocyclic, hydroxyl, thiol, nitro, phenoxy and phenyl;
  • R28 is C1-8 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, aryl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, or heteroaryl each optionally substituted with substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, C1-6 alkylimino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, C2-8 dialkylsulfonamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, heterocyclic, hydroxyl, thiol, nitro, phenoxy and phenyl, or two adjacent substituents together with the aryl or the heteroaryl form a C5-7 cycloalkyl optionally comprising 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and optionally substituted with F, Cl or Br; and wherein the C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 alkylimino, C2-8 dialkylamino, heterocyclic, and phenyl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents selected independently from the group consisting of C1-6 acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkylcarboxamide, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonamide, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylureyl, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, C2-8 dialkylamino, carbo-C1-6-alkoxy, carboxamide, carboxy, cyano, C3-7 cycloalkyl, C2-8 dialkylcarboxamide, halogen, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfinyl, C1-6 haloalkylsulfonyl, C1-6 haloalkylthio, hydroxyl, thiol and nitro; and
  • R29, R30, and R31 are each independently H or C1-8 alkyl.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention include every combination of one or more compounds selected from the following table:
  • Cmpd
    No. Chemical Structure Chemical Name
     1
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00029
         		2,2-Difluoro- benzo[1,3]dioxole-5- carboxylic acid [4-((R)- 2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     2
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00030
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3,5- dichloro-isonicotinamide
     3
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00031
         		2,4-Dimethyl-thiazole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     4
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00032
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2- morpholin-4-yl- benzamide
     5
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00033
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3- dimethylamino- benzamide
     6
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00034
         		2,2-Difluoro- benzo[1,3]dioxole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     7
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00035
         		N-[4-((R)-2-Amino- propoxy)-3-(2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-methoxy- benzamide
     8
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00036
         		3-Methoxy- cyclohexanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     9
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00037
         		4,5-Dimethyl-furan-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     10
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00038
         		4-Methyl-3,4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine- 7-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     11
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00039
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4- dimethylamino- benzamide
     12
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00040
         		5-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2- trifluoromethyl-furan-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     13
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00041
         		N-[4-((R)-2-Amino- propoxy)-3-(2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4- trifluoromethoxy- benzamide
     14
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00042
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(5- methyl-tetrazol-1-yl)- acetamide
     15
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00043
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-5-methyl- nicotinamide
     16
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00044
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2- dimethylamino- benzamide
     17
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00045
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2-cyano- benzamide
     18
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00046
         		1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-5- trifluoromethyl-1H- pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     19
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00047
         		2,5-Dichloro-thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid [4- ((R)-2-amino-propoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-amide
     20
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00048
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-2- p-tolyl-acetamide
     21
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00049
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3- cyclopentyloxy-4- methoxy-benzamide
     22
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00050
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4- methoxy-3-methyl- benzamide
     23
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00051
         		Quinoline-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     24
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00052
         		1,5-Dimethyl-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     25
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00053
         		2,2-Difluoro- benzo[1,3]dioxole-4- carboxylic acid [4-((S)- 2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     26
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00054
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4- methoxy-phenyl)-2-oxo- acetamide
     27
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00055
         		Octahydro-quinoline-1- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     28
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00056
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4- methoxy-2-methyl- benzamide
     29
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00057
         		6-Oxo-1,6-dihydro- pyridazine-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     30
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00058
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-methoxy-3- methyl-benzamide
     31
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00059
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-ethyl- benzamide
     32
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00060
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4- fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo- acetamide
     33
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00061
         		Benzo[1,3]dioxole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     34
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00062
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2- phenyl-acetamide
     35
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00063
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-thiophen-2-yl- benzamide
     36
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00064
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2- fluoro-benzamide
     37
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00065
         		Adamantane-1- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     38
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00066
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2- chloro-phenyl)- acetamide
     39
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00067
         		Pyridine-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     40
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00068
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- fluoro-benzamide
     41
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00069
         		Octahydro-isoquinoline- 2-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     42
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00070
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-m-tolyl- acetamide
     43
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00071
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-nicotinamide
     44
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00072
         		4-Pyridin-2-yl- piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     45
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00073
         		4,5-Dichloro- isothiazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     46
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00074
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-(1,1,2,2- tetrafluoro-ethoxy)- benzamide
     47
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00075
         		5-Methyl-2- trifluoromethyl-furan-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     48
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00076
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4- fluoro-benzamide
     49
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00077
         		3-Methyl-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     50
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00078
         		2,2-Difluoro- benzo[1,3]dioxole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     51
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00079
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-isonicotinamide
     52
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00080
         		6-Methyl-pyridine-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     53
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00081
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4-fluoro-3- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
     54
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00082
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4- methoxy-benzamide
     55
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00083
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-((S)- 2-amino-2-cyclohexyl- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     56
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00084
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-ethoxy- benzamide
     57
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00085
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     58
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00086
         		5-Isopropyl-2H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     59
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00087
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-4- methanesulfonyl- butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
     60
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00088
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4-fluoro-3- methoxy-benzamide
     61
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00089
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-fluoro- isonicotinamide
     62
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00090
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2- hydroxy-nicotinamide
     63
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00091
         		2,5-Dichloro-thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     64
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00092
         		5-Methyl-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     65
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00093
         		2,2-Difluoro- benzo[1,3]dioxole-4- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     66
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00094
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-isopropoxy- benzamide
     67
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00095
         		2,2-Difluoro- benzo[1,3]dioxole-4- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     68
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00096
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3,5- difluoro-benzamide
     69
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00097
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
     70
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00098
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-((S)- 2-amino-3-cyclohexyl- propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     71
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00099
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-5-bromo- nicotinamide
     72
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00100
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-3- methyl-butoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy- benzamide
     73
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00101
         		3-Methyl-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     74
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00102
         		5-Chloro-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     75
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00103
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2,6- difluoro-4-methoxy- benzamide
     76
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00104
         		2,2-Difluoro- benzo[1,3]dioxole-4- carboxylic acid [4-((R)- 2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     77
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00105
         		4-Bromo-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     78
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00106
         		3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazole- 4-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     79
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00107
         		N-[4-((R)-2-Amino- propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
     80
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00108
         		2,2-Dimethyl-2,3- dihydro-benzofuran-7- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     81
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00109
         		4-Chloro-2,3-dihydro- indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3- (4-bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     82
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00110
         		3-Chloro-6-fluoro- benzo[b]thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     83
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00111
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4- chloro-phenyl)- acetamide
     84
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00112
         		4,5-Dichloro- isothiazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     85
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00113
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-((R)- 2-amino-3-methyl- butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     86
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00114
         		2-Bromo-4-methyl- thiazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     87
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00115
         		3-Methyl-benzofuran-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
     88
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00116
         		3-Ethoxy-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     89
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00117
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
     90
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00118
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4- methoxy-3- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
     91
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00119
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-bromo- benzamide
     92
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00120
         		{2-[4-(3-Methoxy- benzoylamino)-2-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}- carbamic acid benzyl ester
     93
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00121
         		1-Phenyl-5- trifluoromethyl-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     94
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00122
         		5-Chloro-1-methyl-3- trifluoromethyl-1H- pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     95
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00123
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2- bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl- acetamide
     96
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00124
         		5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazole-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
     97
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00125
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-methyl- nicotinamide
     98
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00126
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-methoxy-2- methyl-benzamide
     99
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00127
         		4-(5-Trifluoromethyl- pyridin-2-yl)-piperazine- 1-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    100
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00128
         		4-Methyl- [1,2,3]thiadiazole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    101
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00129
         		3,5-Dimethyl-1H- pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    102
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00130
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2,4- difluoro-phenyl)- acetamide
    103
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00131
         		1H-Indole-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    104
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00132
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3,4- difluoro-phenyl)- acetamide
    105
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00133
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-6- trifluoromethyl- nicotinamide
    106
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00134
         		Isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    107
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00135
         		1-Methyl-1H-imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    108
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00136
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3- methoxy-4-methyl- benzamide
    109
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00137
         		3,4-Dihydro-2H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    110
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00138
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3- methoxy-2-methyl- benzamide
    111
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00139
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-4-chloro- benzamide
    112
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00140
         		3-Phenyl-isoxazole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    113
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00141
         		4-Methyl-oxazole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    114
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00142
         		4-Bromo-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    115
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00143
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2- methoxy-phenyl)- acetamide
    116
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00144
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-fluoro-3- methoxy-benzamide
    117
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00145
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-3,3- dimethyl-butoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- nicotinamide
    118
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00146
         		5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl- furan-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3- (2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    119
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00147
         		Thiazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    120
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00148
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3- fluoro-phenyl)- acetamide
    121
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00149
         		Benzo[1,3]dioxole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    122
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00150
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-bromo- 5-methoxy-benzamide
    123
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00151
         		4-(3,5-Dichloro-pyridin- 4-yl)-piperazine-1- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    124
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00152
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]- isonicotinamide
    125
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00153
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-phenyl- acetamide
    126
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00154
         		3-Methyl-3H-imidazole- 4-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    127
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00155
         		2-Phenyl-5- trifluoromethyl-oxazole- 4-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    128
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00156
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2-fluoro-3- methoxy-benzamide
    129
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00157
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4-bromo- 3-methyl-benzamide
    130
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00158
         		Furan-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3- (2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    131
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00159
         		5-Isopropyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    132
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00160
         		3-Chloro-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    133
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00161
         		2,3-Dihydro-indole-1- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    134
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00162
         		6-Oxo-1,6-dihydro- pyridine-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    135
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00163
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    136
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00164
         		4-Methoxy- cyclohexanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    137
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00165
         		4-Methyl-thiazole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    138
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00166
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-((S)- 2-amino-propoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    139
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00167
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2- benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl- acetamide
    140
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00168
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-6-morpholin-4- yl-nicotinamide
    141
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00169
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-2- cyclohexyl-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- nicotinamide
    142
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00170
         		2,5-Dimethyl-furan-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    143
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00171
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2- fluoro-phenyl)- acetamide
    144
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00172
         		2-Ethyl-5-methyl-2H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    145
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00173
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-4- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    146
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00174
         		N-[4- Carbamoylmethoxy-3- (4-chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    147
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00175
         		4-(2-Methoxy-phenyl)- piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    148
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00176
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2- benzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl- acetamide
    149
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00177
         		(S)-2-Methoxymethyl- pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    150
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00178
         		2,2-Difluoro- cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    151
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00179
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3,4- dichloro-phenyl)-2- methoxy-acetamide
    152
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00180
         		Naphthalene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    153
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00181
         		4-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)- piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    154
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00182
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-o-tolyl- acetamide
    155
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00183
         		4-Methyl-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    156
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00184
         		1,3-Dihydro-isoindole-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    157
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00185
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2,4- difluoro-benzamide
    158
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00186
         		N-[4-((R)-2-Amino-2- cyclohexyl-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- nicotinamide
    159
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00187
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- chloro-benzamide
    160
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00188
         		5-Chloro-2,3-dihydro- indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3- (4-bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    161
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00189
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-((R)- 2-amino-4-methyl- pentyloxy)-3-(4-chloro- 2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    162
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00190
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-(2- methoxy-phenyl)- propionamide
    163
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00191
         		4-Methoxy-thiophene-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    164
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00192
         		2,5-Dihydro-pyrrole-1- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    165
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00193
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- acetamide
    166
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00194
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-cyano- benzamide
    167
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00195
         		Thiazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    168
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00196
         		Thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    169
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00197
         		N-[4- Carbamoylmethoxy-3- (4-chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- methoxy-benzamide
    170
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00198
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4- trifluoromethoxy- benzamide
    171
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00199
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2,2-dimethyl- propionamide
    172
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00200
         		N-[4- Carbamimidoylmethoxy- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
    173
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00201
         		5-Bromo-2,3-dihydro- indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3- (4-bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    174
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00202
         		Tetrahydro-furan-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    175
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00203
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2- ethoxy-phenyl)- acetamide
    176
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00204
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methyl- benzamide
    177
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00205
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4- chloro-benzamide
    178
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00206
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3- chloro-phenyl)- acetamide
    179
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00207
         		2,5-Dichloro-thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    180
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00208
         		6-Chloro-2,3-dihydro- indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3- (4-bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    181
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00209
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro- benzamide
    182
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00210
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]- propionamide
    183
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00211
         		6-Fluoro-2,3-dihydro- indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3- (2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    184
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00212
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- acetamide
    185
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00213
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-((S)- 2-amino-4-methyl- pentyloxy)-3-(4-chloro- 2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    186
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00214
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-5-methoxy-2- (2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)- benzamide
    187
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00215
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2,3- dimethoxy-phenyl)- acetamide
    188
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00216
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide
    189
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00217
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2,4,5-trifluoro- 3-methoxy-benzamide
    190
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00218
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    191
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00219
         		2,2-Difluoro- benzo[1,3]dioxole-5- carboxylic acid [4-((S)- 2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    192
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00220
         		1-Methyl-3- trifluoromethyl-1H- pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    193
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00221
         		4-Bromo-1-methyl-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    194
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00222
         		N-[4-(2-Acetylamino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- methoxy-benzamide
    195
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00223
         		3-Ethoxy-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    196
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00224
         		6,7-Dimethoxy-3,4- dihydro-1H- isoquinoline-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    197
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00225
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-fluoro-3- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    198
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00226
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-bromo-4- methoxy-benzamide
    199
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00227
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-5- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    200
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00228
         		5-Ethyl-4-fluoro-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    201
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00229
         		5-Methyl-pyrazine-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    202
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00230
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4- chloro-phenyl)-2-oxo- acetamide
    203
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00231
         		2,3-Dihydro- benzo[1,4]dioxine-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    204
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00232
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-5- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    205
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00233
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2-phenoxy- nicotinamide
    206
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00234
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-methoxy-4- methyl-benzamide
    207
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00235
         		5-Bromo-furan-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    208
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00236
         		N-[4-(2-Amiino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-3-bromo- benzamide
    209
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00237
         		1-Methyl-1H-pyrrole-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    210
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00238
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- acetamide
    211
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00239
         		Quinoline-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    212
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00240
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
    213
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00241
         		2-Oxo-1,2-dihydro- pyridine-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    214
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00242
         		5-Cyclopropyl-4-fluoro- 1H-pyrazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    215
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00243
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2- thiophen-3-yl-acetamide
    216
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00244
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-methoxy-2- methyl-benzamide
    217
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00245
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-cyano- benzamide
    218
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00246
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4- thiophen-2-yl-benzamide
    219
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00247
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2,6- difluoro-benzamide
    220
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00248
         		5-Methyl-2- trifluoromethyl-furan-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    221
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00249
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4-chloro- nicotinamide
    222
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00250
         		4-Chloro-1-ethyl-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    223
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00251
         		4-Methyl-3,4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine- 7-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    224
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00252
         		3-Methyl-isoxazole-4- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    225
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00253
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-(1H- indol-3-yl)- propionamide
    226
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00254
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-methoxy-3,5- dimethyl-benzamide
    227
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00255
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
    228
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00256
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    229
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00257
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3- fluoro-4-methoxy- phenyl)-acetamide
    230
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00258
         		(S)-N-[4-(2-Amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2- methoxy-2-phenyl- acetamide
    231
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00259
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2,6- dimethoxy-nicotinamide
    232
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00260
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4- methoxy-phenyl)- acetamide
    233
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00261
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-3- methyl-butoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- nicotinamide
    234
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00262
         		4-Chloro-1-methyl-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    235
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00263
         		1-Methyl-1H-pyrrole-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    236
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00264
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-chloro-4- methoxy-benzamide
    237
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00265
         		5-Methyl-1H-pyrazole- 3-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    238
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00266
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
    239
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00267
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3,4,5- trimethoxy-benzamide
    240
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00268
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3- cyclohexyl- propionamide
    241
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00269
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-6-methyl- nicotinamide
    242
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00270
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2,6-difluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
    243
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00271
         		5-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2- trifluoromethyl-furan-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    244
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00272
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-4- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    245
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00273
         		5-Methyl-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    246
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00274
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2-bromo-5- methoxy-benzamide
    247
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00275
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4- fluoro-phenyl)- acetamide
    248
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00276
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-4- methyl-pentyloxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- nicotinamide
    249
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00277
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-5- methoxy-benzamide
    250
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00278
         		3,4-Dihydro-2H- quinoline-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    251
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00279
         		1H-Imidazole-4- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    252
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00280
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-chloro- 4-methoxy-benzamide
    253
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00281
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-bromo- 4-methoxy-benzamide
    254
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00282
         		4,5-Dimethyl-furan-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    255
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00283
         		1-Methyl-5- trifluoromethyl-1H- pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    256
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00284
         		1-tert-Butyl-5-methyl- 1H-pyrazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    257
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00285
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-6- phenoxy-nicotinamide
    258
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00286
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-methoxy-3- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    259
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00287
         		Cyclopentanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    260
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00288
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    261
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00289
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2,6- difluoro-phenyl)- acetamide
    262
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00290
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3,5- dimethyl-pyrazol-1-yl)- acetamide
    263
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00291
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-6-pyrrolidin-1- yl-nicotinamide
    264
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00292
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3- methoxy-phenyl)- acetamide
    265
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00293
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-chloro- phenyl)-acetamide
    266
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00294
         		2-Methyl-furan-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    267
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00295
         		2-Ethyl-5-methyl-2H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    268
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00296
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-6- morpholin-4-yl- nicotinamide
    269
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00297
         		3,4-Dihydro-1H- isoquinoline-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    270
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00298
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-3- methoxy-benzamide
    271
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00299
         		N-[4-(2-((R)-2-Amino-4- methyl-pentyloxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- nicotinamide
    272
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00300
         		3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazole- 4-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    273
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00301
         		3-Methyl-benzofuran-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    274
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00302
         		Cyclopentanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    275
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00303
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- trifluoromethoxy- benzamide
    276
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00304
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-[2- amino-2-(tetrahydro- pyran-4-yl)-ethoxy]-3- (4-chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    277
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00305
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino- propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
    278
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00306
         		5-Isopropyl-2H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    279
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00307
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4- methoxy-benzamide
    280
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00308
         		5-Methyl-2H-pyrazole- 3-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    281
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00309
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- bromo-benzamide
    282
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00310
         		1-Phenyl-5- trifluoromethyl-1H- pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    283
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00311
         		5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    284
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00312
         		5-Methyl-1H-pyrazole- 3-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    285
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00313
         		N-[4-((R)-2-Amino-3- methyl-butoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- nicotinamide
    286
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00314
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino- propoxy)-3-(2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-methoxy- benzamide
    287
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00315
         		4-Acetylamino-N-[4-(2- amino-2-methyl- propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-benzamide
    288
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00316
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3- cyclopentyloxy-4- methoxy-benzamide
    289
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00317
         		Cinnoline-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    290
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00318
         		5-Phenyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    291
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00319
         		1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-5- trifluoromethyl-1H- pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    292
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00320
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3-fluoro-4- methyl-benzamide
    293
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00321
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4-fluoro- benzamide
    294
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00322
         		2,3,4,5-Tetrahydro- benzo[b][1,4]diazepine- 1-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    295
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00323
         		N-[4-((S)-2-Amino- propoxy)-3-(2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4- trifluoromethoxy- benzamide
    296
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00324
         		4-Chloro-1-ethyl-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    297
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00325
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(1H- indol-3-yl)-acetamide
    298
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00326
         		4-Methyl-piperazine-1- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    299
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00327
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-6-cyano- nicotinamide
    300
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00328
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4- methyl-benzamide
    301
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00329
         		6-Oxo-6H-pyran-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    302
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00330
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-chloro- 4-fluoro-benzamide
    303
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00331
         		4-Trifluoromethyl- cyclohexanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    304
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00332
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-chloro-3- fluoro-benzamide
    305
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00333
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-2- methylsulfanyl- nicotinamide
    306
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00334
         		Octahydro-isoquinoline- 2-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    307
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00335
         		2,5-Dichloro-thiophene- 3-carboxylic acid [4- ((S)-2-amino-propoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-amide
    308
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00336
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-3- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    309
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00337
         		4-Fluoro-5-methyl-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    310
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00338
         		1H-Benzotriazole-5- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    311
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00339
         		6-Acetylamino-N-[4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide
    312
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00340
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4- trifluoromethyl- benzamide
    313
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00341
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3,4-difluoro- benzamide
    314
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00342
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-2-chloro- 6-fluoro-benzamide
    315
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00343
         		Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    316
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00344
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-4-(1,1-dioxo- 1λ6-thiomorpholin-4- ylmethyl)-benzamide
    317
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00345
         		Benzo[c]isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    318
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00346
         		5-Butyl-4-fluoro-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    319
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00347
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(4-chloro-2-methyl- 2H-pyrazol-3-yl)- phenyl]-3,5-difluoro- benzamide
    320
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00348
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-3- trifluoromethoxy- benzamide
    321
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00349
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-4- methoxy-3,5-dimethyl- benzamide
    322
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00350
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3- methoxy-benzamide
    323
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00351
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2- methoxy-benzamide
    324
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00352
         		3-Chloro- benzo[b]thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    325
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00353
         		8-Methoxy-1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-naphthalene- 2-carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    326
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00354
         		4-Chloro-2,3-dihydro- indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3- (2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    327
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00355
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-((S)- 2-amino-3,3-dimethyl- butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    328
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00356
         		Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    329
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00357
         		5,6-Dihydro-4H- pyrimidine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    330
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00358
         		2,5-Dimethyl-2H- pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    331
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00359
         		4-Acetyl-N-[4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- benzamide
    332
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00360
         		4,4-Difluoro- cyclohexanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    333
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00361
         		3-Chloro-6-fluoro- benzo[b]thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    334
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00362
         		3-Chloro-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid [4-(2- amino-ethoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- amide
    335
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00363
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-2- methyl-propoxy)-3-(4- bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- methoxy-benzamide
    336
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00364
         		5-Methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxylic acid [4-((S)- 2-amino-2-cyclohexyl- ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-amide
    337
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00365
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3-chloro- isonicotinamide
    338
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00366
         		N-[4-(2-Amino-4,4,4- trifluoro-butoxy)-3-(4- chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2- fluoro-4-methoxy- benzamide
    339
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00367
         		{2-[4-(3-Methoxy- benzoylamino)-2-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}- carbamic acid 4-nitro- phenyl ester
    340
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00368
         		N-[4-[2-((S)-2- Acetylamino-4- methylsulfanyl- butyrylamino)-ethoxy]- 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3- methoxy-benzamide
    341
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00369
         		{2-[4-(3-Methoxy- benzoylamino)-2-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}- carbamic acid 2-chloro- ethyl ester
    342
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00370
         		{2-[4-(3-Methoxy- benzoylamino)-2-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}- carbamic acid ethyl ester
    343
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00371
         		{2-[4-(3-Methoxy- benzoylamino)-2-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}- carbamic acid 2- dimethylamino-ethyl ester
    344
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00372
         		N-[4-[2-(2- Dimethylamino- acetylamino)-ethoxy]-3- (2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy- benzamide
    345
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00373
         		Acetic acid 1-{2-[-(3- methoxy- benzoylamino)-2-(2- methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- yl)-phenoxy]- ethylcarbamoyloxy}- ethyl ester
    346
    Figure US20150265576A1-20150924-C00374
         		N-[4-(2-Hexanoylamino- ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- methoxy-benzamide
  • Additionally, individual compounds and chemical genera of the present invention, such as Formula (Ia) and related Formulae therefrom, encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and particularly hydrates, thereof.
  • It is understood that the present invention embraces each diastereomer, each enantiomer and mixtures thereof of each compound and generic Formulae disclosed herein just as if they were each individually disclosed with the specific stereochemical designation for each chiral atom, for example carbon. Separation of the individual isomers (such as, chiral HPLC, recrystallization of diastereomeric mixture, and the like) or selective synthesis (such as, enantiomeric selective synthesis, and the like) of the individual isomers is accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to practitioners in the art.
  • The compounds of the Formula (Ia) of the present invention can be prepared according to the general synthetic schemes in FIGS. 1 through 8 as well as relevant published literature procedures that are used by one skilled in the art. Exemplary reagents and procedures for these reactions appear hereinafter in the working Examples. Protection and deprotection may be carried out by procedures generally known in the art (see, for example, Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, 1999 [Wiley]; incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
    • Indications and Methods of Treatment
  • In addition to the foregoing beneficial uses for the modulators of 5-HT2A receptor activity disclosed herein, the compounds disclosed herein are believed to be useful in the treatment of several additional diseases and disorders, and in the amelioration of symptoms thereof. Without limitation, these include the following:
  • 1. Antiplatelet Therapies (Conditions Related to Platelet Aggregation):
  • Antiplatelet agents (antiplatelets) are prescribed for a variety of conditions. For example, in coronary artery disease they are used to help prevent myocardial infarction or stroke in patients who are at risk of developing obstructive blood clots (e.g., coronary thrombosis).
  • In a myocardial infarction (heart attack), the heart muscle does not receive enough oxygen-rich blood as a result of a blockage in the coronary blood vessels. If taken while an attack is in progress or immediately afterward (preferably within 30 minutes), antiplatelets can reduce the damage to the heart.
  • A transient ischemic attack (“TIA” or “mini-stroke”) is a brief interruption of oxygen flow to the brain due to decreased blood flow through arteries, usually due to an obstructing blood clot. Antiplatelet drugs have been found to be effective in preventing TIAs.
  • Angina is a temporary and often recurring chest pain, pressure or discomfort caused by inadequate oxygen-rich blood flow (ischemia) to some parts of the heart. In patients with angina, antiplatelet therapy can reduce the effects of angina and the risk of myocardial infarction.
  • Stroke is an event in which the brain does not receive enough oxygen-rich blood, usually due to blockage of a cerebral blood vessel by a blood clot. In high-risk patients, taking antiplatelets regularly has been found to prevent the formation of blood clots that cause first or second strokes.
  • Angioplasty is a catheter based technique used to open arteries obstructed by a blood clot. Whether or not stenting is performed immediately after this procedure to keep the artery open, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of forming additional blood clots following the procedure(s).
  • Coronary bypass surgery is a surgical procedure in which an artery or vein is taken from elsewhere in the body and grafted to a blocked coronary artery, rerouting blood around the blockage and through the newly attached vessel. After the procedure, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of secondary blood clots.
  • Atrial fibrillation is the most common type of sustained irregular heart rhythm (arrythmia) Atrial fibrillation affects about two million Americans every year. In atrial fibrillation, the atria (the heart's upper chambers) rapidly fire electrical signals that cause them to quiver rather than contract normally. The result is an abnormally fast and highly irregular heartbeat. When given after an episode of atrial fibrillation, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of blood clots forming in the heart and traveling to the brain (embolism).
  • 5-HT2A receptors are expressed on smooth muscle of blood vessels and 5-HT secreted by activated platelets causes vasoconstriction as well as activation of additional platelets during clotting. There is evidence that a 5-HT2A inverse agonist will inhibit platelet aggregation and thus be a potential treatment as an antiplatelet therapy (see Satimura, K, et al., Clin Cardiol 2002 Jan. 25 (1):28-32; and Wilson, H. C et al., Thromb Haemost 1991 Sep. 2; 66(3):355-60).
  • 5-HT2A inverse agonists can be used to treat, for example, claudication or peripheral artery disease as well as cardiovascular complications (see Br. Med. J. 298: 424-430, 1989), Arterial thrombosis (see, Pawlak, D. et al. Thrombosis Research 90: 259-270, 1998), atherosclerosis (see, Hayashi, T. et al. Atherosclerosis 168: 23-31, 2003), vasoconstriction, caused by serotonin (see, Fujiwara, T. and Chiba, S. Journal of Cardiovascular Pharmacology 26: 503-510, 1995), restenosis of arteries following angioplasty or stent placement (see, Fujita, M. et al. Am Heart J. 145:e16 2003). It can also be used alone or in combination with thrombolytic therapy, for example, tPA (see, Yamashita, T. et al. Haemostasis 30:321-332, 2000), to provide cardioprotection following MI or postischemic myocardial dysfunction (see, Muto, T. et al. Mol. Cell. Biochem. 272: 119-132, 2005) or protection from ischemic injury during percutaneous coronary intervention (see, Horibe, E. Circulation Research 68: 68-72, 2004), and the like, including complications resulting therefrom.
  • 5-HT2A inverse antagonists can increase circulating adiponectin in patients, suggesting that they would also be useful in protecting patients against indications that are linked to adiponectin, for example, myocardial ischemia reperfusion injury and artherosclerosis (see Nomura, Shosaku, et al. Blood Coagulation and Fibrinolysis 2005, 16, 423-428).
  • The 5-HT2A inverse agonists disclosed herein provide beneficial improvement in microcirculation to patients in need of antiplatelet therapy by antagonizing the vasoconstrictive products of the aggregating platelets in, for example and not limited to the indications described above. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for reducing platelet aggregation in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In further embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, atrial fibrillation, or a symptom of any of the foregoing in a patient in need of the treatment, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • In further embodiments, the present invention provides methods for reducing risk of blood clot formation in an angioplasty or coronary bypass surgery patient, or a patient suffering from atrial fibrillation, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein at a time where such risk exists.
  • One aspect of the present invention provides a therapeutic agent for treating indications associated with the pathophysiology of platelet aggregation used in combination with compounds of the present invention as disclosed herein. Accordingly, compounds of the present invention can be used alone or in combination with other therapeutic agent(s), such as, thromboxane A2 blocker (aspirin and the like), and ADP-mediated platelet aggregation inhibitor (ticlopidine, clopidogrel, and the like) either administered together or separately.
  • 2. Asthma
  • 5-HT (5-hydroxytryptamine) has been linked to the pathophysiology of acute asthma (see Cazzola, M. and Matera, M. G., TIPS, 2000, 21, 13; and De Bie, J. J. et al., British J. Pharm., 1998, 124, 857-864). The compounds of the present invention disclosed herein are useful in the treatment of asthma, and the treatment of the symptoms thereof. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating asthma in a patient in need of the treatment, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In further embodiments, methods are provided for treating a symptom of asthma in a patient in need of the treatment, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • 3. Agitation
  • Agitation is a well-recognized behavioral syndrome with a range of symptoms, including hostility, extreme excitement, poor impulse control, tension and uncooperativeness (See Cohen-Mansfield J, and Billig, N., (1986), Agitated Behaviors in the Elderly. I. A Conceptual Review. J Am Geriatr Soc 34(10): 711-721).
  • Agitation is a common occurrence in the elderly and often associated with dementia such as those caused by Alzheimer's disease, Lewy body, Parkinson's, and Huntington's, which are degenerative diseases of the nervous system and by diseases that affect blood vessels, such as stroke, or multi-infarct dementia, which is caused by multiple strokes in the brain can also induce dementia. Alzheimer's disease accounts for approximately 50 to 70% of all dementias (See Koss E, et al., (1997), Assessing patterns of agitation in Alzheimer's disease patients with the Cohen-Mansfield Agitation Inventory. The Alzheimer's Disease Cooperative Study. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 11 (suppl 2):S45-S50).
  • An estimated five percent of people aged 65 and older and up to 20 percent of those aged 80 and older are affected by dementia; of these sufferers, nearly half exhibit behavioral disturbances, such as agitation, wandering and violent outbursts.
  • Agitated behaviors can also be manifested in cognitively intact elderly people and by those with psychiatric disorders other than dementia.
  • Agitation is often treated with antipsychotic medications such as haloperidol in nursing home and other assisted care settings. There is emerging evidence that agents acting at the 5-HT2A receptors in the brain have the effects of reducing agitation in patients, including Alzheimer's dementia (See Katz, I. R., et al., J Clin Psychiatry 1999 February, 60(2):107-115; and Street, J. S., et al., Arch Gen Psychiatry 2000 October, 57(10):968-976).
  • The compounds of the invention disclosed herein are useful for treating agitation and symptoms thereof. Thus, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating agitation in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the agitation is due to a psychiatric disorder other than dementia. In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treatment of agitation or a symptom thereof in a patient suffering from dementia comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In some embodiments of such methods, the dementia is due to a degenerative disease of the nervous system, for example and without limitation, Alzheimers disease, Lewy body, Parkinson's disease, and Huntington's disease, or dementia due to diseases that affect blood vessels, including, without limitation, stroke and multi-infarct dementia. In some embodiments, methods are provided for treating agitation or a symptom thereof in a patient in need of such treatment, where the patient is a cognitively intact elderly patient, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • 4. Add-on Therapy to Haloperidol in the Treatment of Schizophrenia and Other Disorders:
  • Schizophrenia is a psychopathic disorder of unknown origin, which usually appears for the first time in early adulthood and is marked by a number of characteristics, psychotic symptoms, progression, phasic development and deterioration in social behavior and professional capability in the region below the highest level ever attained. Characteristic psychotic symptoms are disorders of thought content (multiple, fragmentary, incoherent, implausible or simply delusional contents or ideas of persecution) and of mentality (loss of association, flight of imagination, incoherence up to incomprehensibility), as well as disorders of perceptibility (hallucinations), of emotions (superficial or inadequate emotions), of self-perception, of intentions and impulses, of interhuman relationships, and finally psychomotoric disorders (such as catatonia). Other symptoms are also associated with this disorder. (See, American Statistical and Diagnostic Handbook).
  • Haloperidol (Haldol) is a potent dopamine D2 receptor antagonist. It is widely prescribed for acute schizophrenic symptoms, and is very effective for the positive symptoms of schizophrenia. In accordance with some methods of the invention, adding a 5-HT2A inverse agonist concomitantly with Haldol will provide benefits including the ability to use a lower dose of Haldol without losing its effects on positive symptoms, while reducing or eliminating its inductive effects on negative symptoms, and prolonging relapse to the patient's next schizophrenic event.
  • 5. Sleep Disorders
  • It is reported in the National Sleep Foundation's 2002 Sleep In America Poll, more than one-half of the adults surveyed (58%) report having experienced one or more symptoms of insomnia at least a few nights a week in the past year. Additionally, about three in ten (35%) say they have experienced insomnia-like symptoms every night or almost every night.
  • The normal sleep cycle and sleep architecture can be disrupted by a variety of organic causes as well as environmental influences. According to the International Classification of Sleep Disorders, there are over 80 recognized sleep disorders. Of these, compounds of the present invention are effective, for example, in any one or more of the following sleep disorders (ICSD—International Classification of Sleep Disorders: Diagnostic and Coding Manual. Diagnostic Classification Steering Committee, American Sleep Disorders Association, 1990):
    • A. Dyssomnias
  • a. Intrinsic Sleep Disorders:
  • Psychophysiological insomnia, Sleep state misperception, Idiopathic insomnia, Obstructive sleep apnea syndrome, Central sleep apnea syndrome, Central alveolar hypoventilation syndrome, Periodic limb movement disorder, Restless leg syndrome and Intrinsic sleep disorder NOS.
  • b. Extrinsic Sleep Disorders:
  • Inadequate sleep hygiene, Environmental sleep disorder, Altitude insomnia, Adjustment sleep disorder, Insufficient sleep syndrome, Limit-setting sleep disorder, SleepOnset association disorder, Nocturnal eating (drinking) syndrome, Hypnotic dependent sleep disorder, Stimulant-dependent sleep disorder, Alcohol-dependent sleep disorder, Toxin-induced sleep disorder and Extrinsic sleep disorder NOS.
  • c. Circadian Rhythm Sleep Disorders:
  • Time zone change (jet lag) syndrome, Shift work sleep disorder, Irregular sleep-wake pattern, Delayed sleep phase syndrome, Advanced sleep phase syndrome, Non-24-hour sleep-wake disorder and Circadian rhythm sleep disorder NOS.
    • B. Parasomnias
  • a. Arousal Disorders:
  • Confusional arousals, Sleepwalking and Sleep terrors.
  • b. Sleep-Wake Transition Disorders:
  • Rhythmic movement disorder, Sleep starts, Sleep talking and Nocturnal leg cramps.
  • C. Sleep Disorders Associated with Medical/Psychiatric Disorders
  • a. Associated with Mental Disorders:
  • Psychoses, Mood disorders, Anxiety disorders, Panic disorders and Alcoholism.
  • b. Associated with Neurological Disorders:
  • Cerebral degenerative disorders, Dementia, Parkinsonism, Fatal familial insomnia, Sleep-related epilepsy, Electrical status epilepticus of sleep and Sleep-related headaches.
  • c. Associated with Other Medical Disorders:
  • Sleeping sickness, Nocturnal cardiac ischemia, Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, Sleep-related asthma, Sleep-related gastroesophageal reflux, Peptic ulcer disease, Fibrositis syndrome, Osteoarthritis, Rheumatoid arthritis, Fibromyalgia and Post-surgical.
  • The effects of sleep deprivation are more than excessive daytime sleepiness. Chronic insomniacs report elevated levels of stress, anxiety, depression and medical illnesses (National Institutes of Health, National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, Insomnia Facts Sheet, October 1995). Preliminary evidence suggests that having a sleep disorder that causes significant loss of sleep may contribute to increased susceptibility to infections due to immunosuppression, cardiovascular complications such as hypertension, cardiac arrhythmias, stroke, and myocardial infarction, comprimised glucose tolerance, increased obesity and metabolic syndrome. Compounds of the present invention are useful to prevent or alleviate these complications by improving sleep quality.
  • The most common class of medications for the majority of sleep disorders are the benzodiazepines, but the adverse effect profile of benzodiazepines include daytime sedation, diminished motor coordination, and cognitive impairments. Furthermore, the National Institutes of Health Consensus conference on Sleeping Pills and Insomnia in 1984 have developed guidelines discouraging the use of such sedative-hypnotics beyond 4-6 weeks because of concerns raised over drug misuse, dependency, withdrawal and rebound insomnia. Therefore, it is desirable to have a pharmacological agent for the treatment of insomnia, which is more effective and/or has fewer side effects than those currently used. In addition, benzodiazepines are used to induce sleep, but have little to no effect on the maintenance of sleep, sleep consolidation or slow wave sleep. Therefore, sleep maintenance disorders are not currently well treated.
  • Clinical studies with agents of a similar mechanism of action as are compounds of the present invention have demonstrated significant improvements on objective and subjective sleep parameters in normal, healthy volunteers as well as patients with sleep disorders and mood disorders [Sharpley A L, et al. Slow Wave Sleep in Humans. Role of 5-HT2A and 5HT2C Receptors. Neuropharmacology, 1994, Vol. 33(3/4):467-71; Winokur A, et al. Acute Effects of Mirtazapine on Sleep Continuity and Sleep Architecture in Depressed Patients: A Pilot Study. Soc of Biol Psych, 2000, Vol. 48:75-78; and Landolt H P, et al. Serotonin-2 Receptors and Human Sleep: Effect of Selective Antagonist on EEG Power Spectra. Neuropsychopharmacology, 1999, Vol. 21(3):455-661
  • Some sleep disorders are sometimes found in conjunction with other conditions and accordingly those conditions are treatable by compounds of Formula (Ia). For example, but not limited to, patients suffering from mood disorders typically suffer from a sleep disorder that can be treatable by compounds of Formula (Ia). Having one pharmacological agent which treats two or more existing or potential conditions, as does the present invention, is more cost effective, leads to better compliance and has fewer side effects than taking two or more agents.
  • It is an object of the present invention to provide a therapeutic agent for the use in treating Sleep Disorders. It is another object of the present invention to provide one pharmaceutical agent, which may be useful in treating two or more conditions wherein one of the conditions is a sleep disorder. Compounds of the present invention described herein may be used alone or in combination with a mild sleep inducer, such as, a sedating antihistamine (diphenhydramine, chloropheniramine, bromopheniramine and the like), GABA-A receptor modulators (Ambien, Sonata, Indiplon, Gaboxadol, and the like), melatonin agonists (ML1 receptor agonist, such as Ramelteon and the like), sedating antidepressants (such as a tricyclic antidepressant, doxepine and the like), and benzodiazepines (diazepam and the like) and either administered together or separately.
    • Sleep Architecture:
  • Sleep comprises two physiological states: Non rapid eye movement (NREM) and rapid eye movement (REM) sleep. NREM sleep consists of four stages, each of which is characterized by progressively slower brain wave patterns, with the slower patterns indicating deeper sleep. So called delta sleep, stages 3 and 4 of NREM sleep, is the deepest and most refreshing type of sleep. Many patients with sleep disorders are unable to adequately achieve the restorative sleep of stages 3 and 4. In clinical terms, patients' sleep patterns are described as fragmented, meaning the patient spends a lot of time alternating between stages 1 and 2 (semi-wakefulness) and being awake and very little time in deep sleep. As used herein, the term “fragmented sleep architecture” means an individual, such as a sleep disorder patient, spends the majority of their sleep time in NREM sleep stages 1 and 2, lighter periods of sleep from which the individual can be easily aroused to a waking state by limited external stimuli. As a result, the individual cycles through frequent bouts of light sleep interrupted by frequent awakenings throughout the sleep period. Many sleep disorders are characterized by a fragmented sleep architecture. For example, many elderly patients with sleep complaints have difficulty achieving long bouts of deep refreshing sleep (NREM stages 3 and 4) and instead spend the majority of their sleep time in NREM sleep stages 1 and 2.
  • In contrast to fragmented sleep architecture, as used herein the term “sleep consolidation” means a state in which the number of NREM sleep bouts, particularly Stages 3 and 4, and the length of those sleep bouts are increased, while the number and length of waking bouts are decreased. In essence, the architecture of the sleep disorder patient is consolidated to a sleeping state with increased periods of sleep and fewer awakenings during the night and more time is spent in slow wave sleep (Stages 3 and 4) with fewer oscillation Stage 1 and 2 sleep. Compounds of the present invention can be effective in consolidating sleep patterns so that the patient with previously fragmented sleep can now achieve restorative, delta-wave sleep for longer, more consistent periods of time.
  • As sleep moves from stage 1 into later stages, heart rate and blood pressure drop, metabolic rate and glucose consumption fall, and muscles relax. In normal sleep architecture, NREM sleep makes up about 75% of total sleep time; stage 1 accounting for 5-10% of total sleep time, stage 2 for about 45-50%, stage 3 approximately 12%, and stage 4 13-15%. About 90 minutes after sleep onset, NREM sleep gives way to the first REM sleep episode of the night. REM makes up approximately 25% of total sleep time. In contrast to NREM sleep, REM sleep is characterized by high pulse, respiration, and blood pressure, as well as other physiological patterns similar to those seen in the active waking stage. Hence, REM sleep is also known as “paradoxical sleep.” Sleep onset occurs during NREM sleep and takes 10-20 minutes in healthy young adults. The four stages of NREM sleep together with a REM phase form one complete sleep cycle that is repeated throughout the duration of sleep, usually four or five times. The cyclical nature of sleep is regular and reliable; a REM period occurs about every 90 minutes during the night. However, the first REM period tends to be the shortest, often lasting less than 10 minutes, whereas the later REM periods may last up to 40 minutes. With aging, the time between retiring and sleep onset increases and the total amount of night-time sleep decreases because of changes in sleep architecture that impair sleep maintenance as well as sleep quality. Both NREM (particularly stages 3 and 4) and REM sleep are reduced. However, stage 1 NREM sleep, which is the lightest sleep, increases with age.
  • As used herein, the term “delta power” means a measure of the duration of EEG activity in the 0.5 to 3.5 Hz range during NREM sleep and is thought to be a measure of deeper, more refreshing sleep. Delta power is hypothesized to be a measure of a theoretical process called Process S and is thought to be inversely related to the amount of sleep an individual experiences during a given sleep period. Sleep is controlled by homeostatic mechanisms; therefore, the less one sleeps the greater the drive to sleep. It is believed that Process S builds throughout the wake period and is discharged most efficiently during delta power sleep. Delta power is a measure of the magnitude of Process S prior to the sleep period. The longer one stays awake, the greater Process S or drive to sleep and thus the greater the delta power during NREM sleep. However, individuals with sleep disorders have difficulty achieving and maintaining delta wave sleep, and thus have a large build-up of Process S with limited ability to discharge this buildup during sleep. 5-HT2A agonists tested preclinically and clinically mimic the effect of sleep deprivation on delta power, suggesting that subjects with sleep disorders treated with a 5-HT2A inverse agonist or antagonist will be able to achieve deeper more refreshing sleep. These same effects have not been observed with currently marketed pharmacotherapies. In addition, currently marketed pharmacotherapies for sleep have side effects such as hangover effects or addiction that are associated with the GABA receptor. 5-HT2A inverse agonists do not target the GABA receptor and so these side effects are not a concern.
    • Subjective and Objective Determinations of Sleep Disorders:
  • There are a number of ways to determine whether the onset, duration or quality of sleep (e.g. non-restorative or restorative sleep) is impaired or improved. One method is a subjective determination of the patient, e.g., do they feel drowsy or rested upon waking. Other methods involve the observation of the patient by another during sleep, e.g., how long it takes the patient to fall asleep, how many times does the patient wake up during the night, how restless is the patient during sleep, etc. Another method is to objectively measure the stages of sleep using polysomnography.
  • Polysomnography is the monitoring of multiple electrophysiological parameters during sleep and generally includes measurement of EEG activity, electroculographic activity and electromyographic activity, as well as other measurements. These results, along with observations, can measure not only sleep latency (the amount of time required to fall asleep), but also sleep continuity (overall balance of sleep and wakefulness) and sleep consolidation (percent of sleeping time spent in delta-wave or restorative sleep) which may be an indication of the quality of sleep.
  • There are five distinct sleep stages, which can be measured by polysomnography: rapid eye movement (REM) sleep and four stages of non-rapid eye movement (NREM) sleep ( stages 1, 2, 3 and 4). Stage 1 NREM sleep is a transition from wakefulness to sleep and occupies about 5% of time spent asleep in healthy adults. Stage 2 NREM sleep, which is characterized by specific EEG waveforms (sleep spindles and K complexes), occupies about 50% of time spent asleep. Stages 3 and 4 NREM sleep (also known collectively as slow-wave sleep and delta-wave sleep) are the deepest levels of sleep and occupy about 10-20% of sleep time. REM sleep, during which the majority of vivid dreams occur, occupies about 20-25% of total sleep.
  • These sleep stages have a characteristic temporal organization across the night. NREM stages 3 and 4 tend to occur in the first one-third to one-half of the night and increase in duration in response to sleep deprivation. REM sleep occurs cyclically through the night. Alternating with NREM sleep about every 80-100 minutes. REM sleep periods increase in duration toward the morning. Human sleep also varies characteristically across the life span. After relative stability with large amounts of slow-wave sleep in childhood and early adolescence, sleep continuity and depth deteriorate across the adult age range. This deterioration is reflected by increased wakefulness and stage 1 sleep and decreased stages 3 and 4 sleep.
  • In addition, the compounds of the invention can be useful for the treatment of the sleep disorders characterized by excessive daytime sleepiness such as narcolepsy. Inverse agonists at the serotonin 5-HT2A receptor improve the quality of sleep at nightime which can decrease excessive daytime sleepiness.
  • Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention relates to the therapeutic use of compounds of the present invention for the treatment of Sleep Disorders. Compounds of the present invention are potent inverse agonists at the serotonin 5-HT2A receptor and can be effective in the treatment of Sleep Disorders by promoting one or more of the following: reducing the sleep onset latency period (measure of sleep induction), reducing the number of nighttime awakenings, and prolonging the amount of time in delta-wave sleep (measure of sleep quality enhancement and sleep consolidation) without effecting REM sleep. In addition, compounds of the present invention can be effective either as a monotherapy or in combination with sleep inducing agents, for example but not limited to, antihistamines.
  • 6. Diabetic-Related Pathologies:
  • Although hyperglycemia is the major cause for the pathogenesis of diabetic complications such as diabetic peripheral neuropathy (DPN), diabetic nephropathy (DN) and diabetic retinopathy (DR), increased plasma serotonin concentration in diabetic patients has also been implicated to play a role in disease progression (Pietraszek, M. H., et al. Thrombosis Res. 1992, 66(6), 765-74; and Andrzejewska-Buczko J, et al., Klin Oczna. 1996; 98(2), 101-4). Serotonin is believed to play a role in vasospasm and increased platelet aggregability. Improving microvascular blood flow is able to benefit diabetic complications.
  • A recent study by Cameron and Cotter in Naunyn Schmiedebergs Arch Pharmacol. 2003 June; 367(6):607-14, used a 5-HT2A antagonist experimental drug AT-1015, and other nonspecific 5-HT2A antagonists including ritanserin and sarpogrelate. These studies found that all three drugs were able to produce a marked correction (82.6-99.7%) of a 19.8% sciatic motor conduction deficit in diabetic rats. Similarly, 44.7% and 14.9% reductions in sciatic endoneurial blood flow and saphenous sensory conduction velocity were completely reversed.
  • In a separate patient study, sarpogrelate was evaluated for the prevention of the development or progression of diabetic nephropathy (Takahashi, T., et al., Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2002 November; 58(2):123-9). In the trial of 24 months of treatment, sarpogrelate significantly reduced urinary albumin excretion level.
  • 7. Glaucoma
  • Topical ocular administration of 5-HT2 receptor antagonists result in a decrease in intra ocular pressure (IOP) in monkeys (Chang et al., J. Ocul Pharmacol 1:137-147 (1985)) and humans (Mastropasqua et al., Acta Ophthalmol Scand Suppl 224:24-25 (1997)) indicating utility for similar compounds such as 5-HT2A inverse agonists in the treatment of ocular hypertension associated with glaucoma. The 5-HT2 receptor antagonist ketanserin (Mastropasqua supra) and sarpogrelate (Takenaka et al., Investig Ophthalmol Vis Sci 36:S734 (1995)) have been shown to significantly lower IOP in glaucoma patients.
  • 8. Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy
  • Progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML) is a lethal demyelinating disease caused by an opportunistic viral infection of oligodendrocytes in immunocompromised patients. The causative agent is JC virus, a ubiquitous papovavirus that infects the majority of the population before adulthood and establishes a latent infection in the kidney. In immunocompromised hosts, the virus can reactivate and productively infect oligodendrocytes. This previously rare condition, until 1984 reported primarily in persons with underlying lymphoproliferative disorders, is now more common because it occurs in 4% of patients with AIDS. Patients usually present with relentlessly progressive focal neurologic defects, such as hemiparesis or visual field deficits, or with alterations in mental status. On brain MRI, one or more white matter lesions are present; they are hyperintense on T2-weighted images and hypointense on T1-weighted images. There is no mass effect, and contrast enhancement is rare. Diagnosis can be confirmed by brain biopsy, with demonstration of virus by in situ hybridization or immunocytochemistry. Polymerase chain reaction amplification of JC virus sequences from the CSF can confirm diagnosis without the need for biopsy [see, e.g., Antinori et al., Neurology (1997) 48:687-694; Berger and Major, Seminars in Neurology (1999) 19:193-200; and Portegies, et al., Eur. J. Neurol. (2004) 11:297-304]. Currently, there is no effective therapy. Survival after diagnosis is about 3 to 5 months in AIDS patients.
  • JC virus enters cells by receptor-mediated clathrin-dependent endocytosis. Binding of JC virus to human glial cells (e.g., oligodendrocytes) induces an intracellular signal that is critical for entry and infection by a ligand-inducible clathrin-dependent mechanism [Querbes et al., J Virology (2004) 78:250-256]. Recently, 5-HT2A was shown to be the receptor on human glial cells mediating infectious entry of JC virus by clathrin-dependent endocytosis [Elphick et al., Science (2004) 306:1380-1383]. 5-HT2A antagonists, including ketanserin and ritanserin, inhibited JC virus infection of human glial cells. Ketanserin and ritanserin have inverse agonist activity at 5-HT2A.
  • 5-HT2A antagonists including inverse agonists have been contemplated to be useful in the treatment of PML [Elphick et al., Science (2004) 306:1380-1383]. Prophylactic treatment of HIV-infected patients with 5-HT2A antagonists is envisioned to prevent the spread of JC virus to the central nervous system and the development of PML. Aggressive therapeutic treatment of patients with PML is envisioned to reduce viral spread within the central nervous system and prevent additional episodes of demyelination.
  • In some embodiments, methods are provided for treating progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.
  • 9. Hypertension
  • Serotonin has been observed to play an important role in the regulation of vascular tone, vasoconstriction, and pulmonary hypertension (see, Deuchar, G. et al. Pulm. Pharmacol. Ther. 18(1):23-31. 2005; and Marcos, E. et al. Circ. Res. 94(9):1263-70 2004). Ketanserin, a 5-HT2A inverse agonist, have been demonstrated to protect against circulatory shocks, intracranial hypertension, and cerebral ischemia during heatstroke (see, Chang, C. et al. Shock 24(4): 336-340 2005); and to stabilize blood pressure in spontaneously hypertensive rats (see, Miao, C. Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 30(3): 189-193). Mainserin, a 5-HT2A inverse agonist, has been shown to prevent DOCA-salt induced hypertension in rats (see, Silva, A. Eur, J. Pharmacol. 518(2-3): 152-7 2005).
  • 10. Pain
  • 5-HT2A inverse agonists are also effective for the treatment of pain. Sarpogrelate has been observed to provide a significant analgesic effect both on thermal induced pain in rats after intraperitoneal administration and on inflammatory pain in rats after either intrathecal or intraperitoneal administration (see, Nishiyama, T. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 516:18-22 2005). This same 5-HT2A inverse agonist in humans has been shown to be an effective treatment for lower back pain, leg pain and numbness associated with sciatica brought on by lumbar disc herniation (see, Kanayama, M. et al. J. Neurosurg: Spine 2:441-446 2005).
    • Representative Methods of the Invention:
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for modulating the activity of a 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of platelet aggregation in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of an indication selected from the group consisting of coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, and atrial fibrillation in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for reducing the risk of blood clot formation in an angioplasty or coronary bypass surgery individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for reducing the risk of blood clot formation in an individual suffering from atrial fibrillation, comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of asthma in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of a symptom of asthma in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of agitation or a symptom thereof in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the individual is a cognitively intact elderly individual.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of agitation or a symptom thereof in an individual suffering from dementia comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the dementia is due to a degenerative disease of the nervous system. In some embodiments, the dementia is Alzheimers disease, Lewy body, Parkinson's disease or Huntington's disease. In some embodiments, the dementia is due to diseases that affect blood vessels. In some embodiments, the dementia is due to stroke or multi-infarct dementia.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of an individual suffering from at least one of the indications selected from the group consisting of behavioral disorder, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorder, organic or NOS psychosis, psychotic disorder, psychosis, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia and NOS schizophrenia comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist and a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the dopamine D2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of an individual with infantile autism, Huntington's chorea, or nausea and vomiting from chemotherapy or chemotherapeutic antibodies comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist and a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the dopamine D2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of schizophrenia in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist and a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the dopamine D2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of alleviating negative symptoms of schizophrenia induced by the administration of haloperidol to an individual suffering from the schizophrenia, comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the haloperidol and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in separate dosage forms. In some embodiments, the haloperidol and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in a single dosage form.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of a sleep disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the sleep disorder is a dyssomnia. In some embodiments, the dyssomnia is selected from the group consisting of psychophysiological insomnia, sleep state misperception, idiopathic insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea syndrome, central sleep apnea syndrome, central alveolar hypoventilation syndrome, periodic limb movement disorder, restless leg syndrome, inadequate sleep hygiene, environmental sleep disorder, altitude insomnia, adjustment sleep disorder, insufficient sleep syndrome, limit-setting sleep disorder, sleep-onset association disorder, nocturnal eating or drinking syndrome, hypnotic dependent sleep disorder, stimulant-dependent sleep disorder, alcohol-dependent sleep disorder, toxin-induced sleep disorder, time zone change (jet lag) syndrome, shift work sleep disorder, irregular sleep-wake pattern, delayed sleep phase syndrome, advanced sleep phase syndrome, and non-24-hour sleep-wake disorder.
  • In some embodiments, the sleep disorder is a parasomnia. In some embodiments, the parasomnia is selected from the group consisting of confusional arousals, sleepwalking and sleep terrors, rhythmic movement disorder, sleep starts, sleep talking and nocturnal leg cramps. In some embodiments, the sleep disorder is characterized by excessive daytime sleepiness such as narcolepsy.
  • In some embodiments, the sleep disorder is associated with a medical or psychiatric disorder. In some embodiments, the medical or psychiatric disorder is selected from the group consisting of psychoses, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, panic disorders, alcoholism, cerebral degenerative disorders, dementia, parkinsonism, fatal familial insomnia, sleep-related epilepsy, electrical status epilepticus of sleep, sleep-related headaches, sleeping sickness, nocturnal cardiac ischemia, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, sleep-related asthma, sleep-related gastroesophageal reflux, peptic ulcer disease, fibrositis syndrome, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, fibromyalgia and post-surgical sleep disorder.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of a diabetic-related disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the diabetic-related disorder is diabetic peripheral neuropathy.
  • In some embodiments, the diabetic-related disorder is diabetic nephropathy.
  • In some embodiments, the diabetic-related disorder is diabetic retinopathy.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of glaucoma or other diseases of the eye with abnormal intraocular pressure.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for the treatment of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of the embodiments described herein or a pharmaceutical composition.
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof has a lymphoproliferative disorder. In some embodiments, the lymphoproliferative disorder is leukemia or lymphoma. In some embodiments, the leukemia or lymphoma is chronic lymphocytic leukemia, Hodgkin's disease, or the like.
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof has a myeloproliferative disorder.
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof has carcinomatosis.
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof has a granulomatous or inflammatory disease. In some embodiments, the granulomatous or inflammatory disease is tuberculosis or sarcoidosis.
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof is immunocompromised. In some embodiments, the immunocompromised individual has impaired cellular immunity. In some embodiments, the impaired cellular immunity comprises impaired T-cell immunity.
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof is infected with HIV. In some embodiments, the HIV-infected individual has a CD4+ cell count of ≦200/mm3. In some embodiments, the HIV-infected individual has AIDS. In some embodiments, the HIV-infected individual has AIDS-related complex (ARC). In certain embodiments, ARC is defined as the presence of two successive CD4+ cell counts below 200/mm3 and at least two of the following signs or symptoms: oral hairy leukoplakia, recurrent oral candidiasis, weight loss of at least 2.5 kg or 10% of body weight within last six months, multidermatomal herpes zoster, temperature 38.5° C. for more than 14 consecutive days or more than 15 days in a 30-day period, or diarrhea with more than three liquid stools per day for at least 30 days [see, e.g., Yamada et al., Clin. Diagn. Virol. (1993) 1:245-256].
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof is undergoing immunosuppressive therapy. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive therapy comprises administering an immunosuppressive agent [see, e.g., Mueller, Ann Thorac Surg (2004) 77:354-362; and Krieger and Emre, Pediatr Transplantation (2004) 8:594-599]. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive therapy comprises administering an immunosuppressive agent selected from the group consisting of: corticosteroids (for example, prednisone and the like), calcineurin inhibitors (for example, cyclosporine, tacrolimus, and the like), antiproliferative agents (for example, azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil, sirolimus, everolimus, and the like), T-cell depleting agents (for example, OKT®3 monoclonal antibody (mAb), anti-CD3 immunotoxin FN18-CRM9, Campath-1H (anti-CD52) mAb, anti-CD4 mAb, anti-T cell receptor mAb, and the like), anti-IL-2 receptor (CD25) mAb (for example, basiliximab, daclizumab, and the like), inhibitors of co-stimulation (for example, CTLA4-Ig, anti-CD154 (CD40 ligand) mAb, and the like), deoxyspergualin and analogs thereof (for example, 15-DSG, LF-08-0299, LF14-0195, and the like), leflunomide and analogs thereof (for example, leflunomide, FK778, FK779, and the like), FTY720, anti-alpha-4-integrin monoclonal antibody, and anti-CD45 RB monoclonal antibody. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in separate doseage forms. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in a single doseage form.
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof is undergoing immunosuppressive therapy after organ transplantation. In some embodiments, the organ is liver, kidney, lung, heart, or the like [see, e.g., Singh et al., Transplantation (2000) 69:467-472].
  • In some embodiments, the individual in need thereof is undergoing treatment for a rheumatic disease. In some embodiments, the rheumatic disease is systemic lupus erythematosus or the like.
  • In some embodiments, the compound or the pharmaceutical composition inhibits JC virus infection of human glial cells.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating hypertension in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any embodiments described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to methods for treating pain in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any embodiments described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to processes for preparing a composition comprising admixing a compound according any embodiments described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • One aspect of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is platelet aggregation.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is selected from the group consisting of coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, and atrial fibrillation.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is a blood clot formation in an angioplasty or coronary bypass surgery individual.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is a blood clot formation in an individual suffering from atrial fibrillation.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is asthma.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is a symptom of asthma.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is agitation or a symptom thereof in an individual. In some embodiments the individual is a cognitively intact elderly individual.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is agitation or a symptom thereof in an individual suffering from dementia. In some embodiments the dementia is due to a degenerative disease of the nervous system. In some embodiment the dementia is Alzheimers disease, Lewy body, Parkinson's disease, or Huntington's disease. In some embodiments the dementia is due to diseases that affect blood vessels. In some embodiments the dementia is due to stroke or multi-infarct dementia.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder further comprising a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist wherein the disorder is selected from the group consisting of a behavioral disorder, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorder, organic or NOS psychosis, psychotic disorder, psychosis, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia and NOS schizophrenia. In some embodiments the dopamine D2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder further comprising a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist wherein the disorder is infantile autism, Huntington's chorea, or nausea and vomiting from chemotherapy or chemotherapeutic antibodies. In some embodiments the dopamine D2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder further comprising a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist wherein the disorder is schizophrenia. In some embodiments the dopamine D2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is a negative symptom or symptoms of schizophrenia induced by the administration of haloperidol.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the haloperidol and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in separate dosage forms.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the haloperidol and the compound or pharmaceutical composition are administered in a single dosage form.
  • One embodiment of the present invention is the use of a compound for the production of a medicament for use in the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder wherein the disorder is progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of a 5-HT2A associated disorder, as described herein, in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of a sleep disorder, as described herein, in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of platelet aggregation in the human or animal body by therapy.
  • One aspect of the present invention are compounds according to any of the embodiments described herein for use in a method for the treatment of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy in the human or animal body by therapy.
    • Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • A further aspect of the present invention pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds as described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Some embodiments pertain to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention include a method of producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one compound according to any of the compound embodiments disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Formulations may be prepared by any suitable method, typically by uniformly mixing the active compound(s) with liquids or finely divided solid carriers, or both, in the required proportions, and then, if necessary, forming the resulting mixture into a desired shape.
  • Conventional excipients, such as binding agents, fillers, acceptable wetting agents, tabletting lubricants, and disintegrants may be used in tablets and capsules for oral administration. Liquid preparations for oral administration may be in the form of solutions, emulsions, aqueous or oily suspensions, and syrups. Alternatively, the oral preparations may be in the form of dry powder that can be reconstituted with water or another suitable liquid vehicle before use. Additional additives such as suspending or emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles (including edible oils), preservatives, and flavorings and colorants may be added to the liquid preparations. Parenteral dosage forms may be prepared by dissolving the compound of the invention in a suitable liquid vehicle and filter sterilizing the solution before filling and sealing an appropriate vial or ampoule. These are just a few examples of the many appropriate methods well known in the art for preparing dosage forms.
  • A compound of the present invention can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques well known to those in the art. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, outside those mentioned herein, are known in the art; for example, see Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2000, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (Editors: Gennaro, A. R., et al.).
  • While it is possible that, for use in the treatment, a compound of the invention may, in an alternative use, be administered as a raw or pure chemical, it is preferable however to present the compound or active ingredient as a pharmaceutical formulation or composition further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • The invention thus further provides pharmaceutical formulations comprising a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or derivative thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers thereof and/or prophylactic ingredients. The carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not overly deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sub-lingual), vaginal or parenteral (including intramuscular, subcutaneous and intravenous) administration or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation, insufflation or by a transdermal patch. Transdermal patches dispense a drug at a controlled rate by presenting the drug for absorption in an efficient manner with a minimum of degradation of the drug. Typically, transdermal patches comprise an impermeable backing layer, a single pressure sensitive adhesive and a removable protective layer with a release liner. One of ordinary skill in the art will understand and appreciate the techniques appropriate for manufacturing a desired efficacious transdermal patch based upon the needs of the artisan.
  • The compounds of the invention, together with a conventional adjuvant, carrier, or diluent, may thus be placed into the form of pharmaceutical formulations and unit dosages thereof, and in such form may be employed as solids, such as tablets or filled capsules, or liquids such as solutions, suspensions, emulsions, elixirs, gels or capsules filled with the same, all for oral use, in the form of suppositories for rectal administration; or in the form of sterile injectable solutions for parenteral (including subcutaneous) use. Such pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosage forms thereof may comprise conventional ingredients in conventional proportions, with or without additional active compounds or principles, and such unit dosage forms may contain any suitable effective amount of the active ingredient commensurate with the intended daily dosage range to be employed.
  • For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid. The pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient. Examples of such dosage units are capsules, tablets, powders, granules or a suspension, with conventional additives such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch; with binders such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose; and with lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate. The active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Compounds of the present invention or a solvate or physiologically functional derivative thereof can be used as active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions, specifically as 5-HT2A receptor modulators. By the term “active ingredient” is defined in the context of a “pharmaceutical composition” and shall mean a component of a pharmaceutical composition that provides the primary pharmacological effect, as opposed to an “inactive ingredient” which would generally be recognized as providing no pharmaceutical benefit.
  • The dose when using the compounds of the present invention can vary within wide limits, as is customary and is known to the physician, it is to be tailored to the individual conditions in each individual case. It depends, for example, on the nature and severity of the illness to be treated, on the condition of the patient, on the compound employed or on whether an acute or chronic disease state is treated or prophylaxis is conducted or on whether further active compounds are administered in addition to the compounds of the present invention. Representative doses of the present invention include, but are not limited to, about 0.001 mg to about 5000 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 2500 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg, 0.001 mg to about 500 mg, 0.001 mg to about 250 mg, about 0.001 mg to 100 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 50 mg, and about 0.001 mg to about 25 mg. Multiple doses may be administered during the day, especially when relatively large amounts are deemed to be needed, for example 2, 3 or 4, doses. Depending on the individual and as deemed appropriate from the patient's physician or care-giver it may be necessary to deviate upward or downward from the doses described herein.
  • The amount of active ingredient, or an active salt or derivative thereof, required for use in treatment will vary not only with the particular salt selected but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being treated and the age and condition of the patient and will ultimately be at the discretion of the attendant physician or clinician. In general, one skilled in the art understands how to extrapolate in vivo data obtained in a model system, typically an animal model, to another, such as a human. In some circumstances, these extrapolations may merely be based on the weight of the animal model in comparison to another, such as a mammal, preferably a human, however, more often, these extrapolations are not simply based on weights, but rather incorporate a variety of factors. Representative factors include the type, age, weight, sex, diet and medical condition of the patient, the severity of the disease, the route of administration, pharmacological considerations such as the activity, efficacy, pharmacokinetic and toxicology profiles of the particular compound employed, whether a drug delivery system is utilized, or whether an acute or chronic disease state is being treated or prophylaxis is conducted or on whether further active compounds are administered in addition to the compounds of the present invention and as part of a drug combination. The dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention is selected in accordance with a variety factors as cited above. Thus, the actual dosage regimen employed may vary widely and therefore may deviate from a preferred dosage regimen and one skilled in the art will recognize that dosage and dosage regimen outside these typical ranges can be tested and, where appropriate, may be used in the methods of this invention.
  • The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered at appropriate intervals, for example, as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day. The sub-dose itself may be further divided, e.g., into a number of discrete loosely spaced administrations. The daily dose can be divided, especially when relatively large amounts are administered as deemed appropriate, into several, for example 2, 3 or 4, part administrations. If appropriate, depending on individual behavior, it may be necessary to deviate upward or downward from the daily dose indicated.
  • The compounds of the present invention can be administrated in a wide variety of oral and parenteral dosage forms. It will be obvious to those skilled in the art that the following dosage forms may comprise, as the active component, either a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of the invention.
  • For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds of the present invention, the selection of a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be either solid, liquid or a mixture of both. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories, and dispersible granules. A solid carrier can be one or more substances which may also act as diluents, flavouring agents, solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.
  • In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in a mixture with the finely divided active component.
  • In tablets, the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding capacity in suitable proportions and compacted to the desire shape and size.
  • The powders and tablets may contain varying percentage amounts of the active compound. A representative amount in a powder or tablet may contain from 0.5 to about 90 percent of the active compound; however, an artisan would know when amounts outside of this range are necessary. Suitable carriers for powders and tablets are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, pectin, dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter, and the like. The term “preparation” is intended to include the formulation of the active compound with encapsulating material as carrier providing a capsule in which the active component, with or without carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets, and lozenges can be used as solid forms suitable for oral administration.
  • For preparing suppositories, a low melting wax, such as an admixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter, is first melted and the active component is dispersed homogeneously therein, as by stirring. The molten homogenous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool, and thereby to solidify.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or sprays containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions, for example, water or water-propylene glycol solutions. For example, parenteral injection liquid preparations can be formulated as solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution. Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • The compounds according to the present invention may thus be formulated for parenteral administration (e.g. by injection, for example bolus injection or continuous infusion) and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containers with an added preservative. The pharmaceutical compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilization from solution, for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile, pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • Aqueous formulations suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving or suspending the active component in water and adding suitable colorants, flavours, stabilizing and thickening agents, as desired.
  • Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, or other well known suspending agents.
  • Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. These preparations may contain, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents, and the like.
  • For topical administration to the epidermis the compounds according to the invention may be formulated as ointments, creams or lotions, or as a transdermal patch.
  • Ointments and creams may, for example, be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gelling agents. Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, or coloring agents.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising active agent in a flavored base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Solutions or suspensions are applied directly to the nasal cavity by conventional means, for example with a dropper, pipette or spray. The formulations may be provided in single or multi-dose form. In the latter case of a dropper or pipette, this may be achieved by the patient administering an appropriate, predetermined volume of the solution or suspension. In the case of a spray, this may be achieved for example by means of a metering atomizing spray pump.
  • Administration to the respiratory tract may also be achieved by means of an aerosol formulation in which the active ingredient is provided in a pressurized pack with a suitable propellant. If the compounds of the present invention or pharmaceutical compositions comprising them are administered as aerosols, for example as nasal aerosols or by inhalation, this can be carried out, for example, using a spray, a nebulizer, a pump nebulizer, an inhalation apparatus, a metered inhaler or a dry powder inhaler. Pharmaceutical forms for administration of the compounds of the present invention as an aerosol can be prepared by processes well-known to the person skilled in the art. For their preparation, for example, solutions or dispersions of the compounds of the present invention in water, water/alcohol mixtures or suitable saline solutions can be employed using customary additives, for example benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption enhancers for increasing the bioavailability, solubilizers, dispersants and others, and, if appropriate, customary propellants, for example include carbon dioxide, CFC's, such as, dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, or dichlorotetrafluoroethane; and the like. The aerosol may conveniently also contain a surfactant such as lecithin. The dose of drug may be controlled by provision of a metered valve.
  • In formulations intended for administration to the respiratory tract, including intranasal formulations, the compound will generally have a small particle size for example of the order of 10 microns or less. Such a particle size may be obtained by means known in the art, for example by micronization. When desired, formulations adapted to give sustained release of the active ingredient may be employed.
  • Alternatively the active ingredients may be provided in the form of a dry powder, for example, a powder mix of the compound in a suitable powder base such as lactose, starch, starch derivatives such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). Conveniently the powder carrier will form a gel in the nasal cavity. The powder composition may be presented in unit dose form for example in capsules or cartridges of, e.g., gelatin, or blister packs from which the powder may be administered by means of an inhaler.
  • The pharmaceutical preparations are preferably in unit dosage forms. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.
  • Tablets or capsules for oral administration and liquids for intravenous administration are preferred compositions.
  • The compounds according to the invention may optionally exist as pharmaceutically acceptable salts including pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids including inorganic and organic acids. Representative acids include, but are not limited to, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic, dichloroacetic, formic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hippuric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, oxalic, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfiric, tartaric, oxalic, p-toluenesulfonic and the like, such as those pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2 (1977); incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • The acid addition salts may be obtained as the direct products of compound synthesis. In the alternative, the free base may be dissolved in a suitable solvent containing the appropriate acid, and the salt isolated by evaporating the solvent or otherwise separating the salt and solvent. The compounds of this invention may form solvates with standard low molecular weight solvents using methods known to the skilled artisan.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention include a method of producing a pharmaceutical composition for “combination-therapy” comprising admixing at least one compound according to any of the compound embodiments disclosed herein, together with at least one known pharmaceutical agent as described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • It is noted that when the 5-HT2A receptor modulators are utilized as active ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition, these are not intended for use only in humans, but in other non-human mammals as well. Indeed, recent advances in the area of animal health-care mandate that consideration be given for the use of active agents, such as 5-HT2A receptor modulators, for the treatment of a 5-HT2A mediated disease or disorder in domestic animals (e.g., cats and dogs) and in other domestic animals (e.g., such as cows, chickens, fish, etc.). Those of ordinary skill in the art are readily credited with understanding the utility of such compounds in such settings.
    • Combination Therapy:
  • While the compounds of the present invention can be administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent (i.e., mono-therapy), they can also be used in combination with other pharmaceutical agents (i.e., combination-therapy) for the treatment of the diseases/conditions/disorders described herein. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention includes methods of treatment of 5-HT2A serotonin receptor associated disorders diseases comprising administering to an individual in need of such treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of the present invention in combination with one or more additional pharmaceutical agent as described herein.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical agents that can be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention include other antiplatelet, antithrombotic or anticoagulant drugs, anti-arrhythmic agents, Cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitors, Niacin or niacin analogs, Adenosine or adenosine analogs, Nitroglycerin or nitrates, prothrombolytic agents, and the like. Other pharmaceutical agents, including the agents set forth infra, are well known or will be readily apparent in light of the instant disclosure, to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • The compounds of the present invention can also be used in combination with other antiplatelet, antithrombotic or anticoagulant drugs such as thrombin inhibitors, platelet aggregation inhibitors such as aspirin, clopidogrel (Plavix®), ticlopidine or CS-747 {i.e., acetic acid 5-[2-cyclopropyl-1-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxoethyl]-4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-c]pyridin-2-yl ester and its active metabolite R-99224, (Z)-2-[1-[2-cyclopropyl-1(S)-(2-fluorophenyl)-2-oxoethyl]-4(R)-sulfanylpiperidin-3-ylidene]acetic acid}, abciximab (ReoPro®), eptifibatide (Integrilin®), tirofiban (Aggrastat®), warfarin, low molecular weight heparins (such as LOVENOX), GPIIb/GPIIIa blockers, PAI-1 inhibitors such as XR-330 [i.e., (3Z,6Z)-3-Benzylidene-6-(4-methoxybenzylidene)-1-methylpiperazine-2,5-dione] and T-686 [i.e., 3(E)-Benzylidene-4(E)-(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzylidene)pyrrolidine-2,5-dione], inhibitors of α-2-antiplasmin such as anti-α-2-antiplasmin antibody and thromboxane receptor antagonists (such as ifetroban), prostacyclin mimetics, phosphodiesterase (PDE) inhibitors, such as dipyridamole (Persantine®) or cilostazol, PDE inhibitors in combination with thromboxane receptor antagonists/thromboxane A synthetase inhibitors (such as picotamide), serotonin-2-receptor antagonists (such as ketanserin), fibrinogen receptor antagonists, hypolipidemic agents, such as HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors, e.g., pravastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, AZ4522, and itavastatin (Nissan/Kowa); microsomal triglyceride transport protein inhibitors (such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,739,135, 5,712,279 and 5,760,246), antihypertensive agents such as angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors (e.g., captopril, lisinopril or fosinopril); angiotensin-II receptor antagonists (e.g., irbesartan, losartan or valsartan); and/or ACE/NEP inhibitors (e.g., omapatrilat and gemopatrilat); β-blockers (such as propranolol, nadolol and carvedilol), PDE inhibitors in combination with aspirin, ifetroban, picotamide, ketanserin, or clopidogrel (Plavix®) and the like.
  • The compound of the present invention can also be used in combination with anti-arrhythmic agents such as for atrial fibrillation, for example, amiodarone or dofetilide.
  • The compound of the present invention can also be used in combination with Cholesteryl ester transfer protein (CETP) inhibitors for dislipidemia and atherosclerosis, Niacin or niacin analogs for dislipidemia and atherosclerosis, Adenosine or adenosine analogs for vasodilation, Nitroglycerin or nitrates for vasodilation.
  • The compounds of the present invention can be used in combination with prothrombolytic agents, such as tissue plasminogen activator (natural or recombinant), streptokinase, reteplase, activase, lanoteplase, urokinase, prourokinase, anisolated streptokinase plasminogen activator complex (ASPAC), animal salivary gland plasminogen activators, and the like. The compounds of the present invention may also be used in combination with β-adrenergic agonists such as albuterol, terbutaline, formoterol, salmeterol, bitolterol, pilbuterol, or fenoterol; anticholinergics such as ipratropium bromide; anti-inflammatory cortiocosteroids such as beclomethasone, triamcinolone, budesonide, fluticasone, flunisolide or dexamethasone; and anti-inflammatory agents such as cromolyn, nedocromil, theophylline, zileuton, zafirlukast, monteleukast and pranleukast.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical agents that can be used in combination with compounds of the present invention include antiretrovirals [see, e.g., Turpin, Expert Rev Anti Infect Ther (2003) 1:97-128]. Some embodiments of the present invention include methods of treatment of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy as described herein comprising administering to an individual in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount or dose of a compound of the present invention in combination with at least one pharmaceutical agent selected from the group consisting of: nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (for example, Retrovir®, Epivir®, Combivir®, Videx®, Trizvir®, Zerit®, Ziagen®, Vired®, Emtricitabine, DAPD, and the like), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (for example, Virammune®, Rescriptor®, Sustiva®, GW687, DPC083, TMC 125, Emivirine, Capravirine, BMS 561390, UC-781 and other oxathiin carboxyanilides, SJ-3366, Alkenyldiarylmethane (ADAM), Tivirapine, Calanolide A, HBY097, Loviride, HEPT Family Derivatives, TIBO Derivatives, and the like), protease inhibitors (for example, Fortovase®, Invirase®, Novir®, Crixivan®, Viracep®, Ageberase®, Kaletra®, Atazanavir, Tipranavir, DMP450, and the like), inhibitors of HIV-cell interaction (for example, soluble CD4, toxin-conjugated CD4, monoclonal antibodies to CD4 or gp120, PRO 542, dextran sulfate, Rersobene, FP-23199, Cyanovirin-N, Zintevir (T30177, AR177), L-chicoric acid and derivatives, and the like), coreceptor inhibitors ligands (for example, R5, X4, modified ligands (R5), modified ligands (X4), and the like), coreceptor inhibitors X4 (for example, T22, T134, ALX40-4C, AMD3100, bycyclam derivatives, and the like), coreceptor inhibitors R5 (for example, TAK-779, SCH-C(SCH-351125), SCH-D (SCH-350634), NSC 651016, ONO Pharmaceutical, Merck, and the like), fusion inhibitors (for example, Fuzeon® (T-20, DP 178, enfuvritide) trimeris, T-1249, TMC125, and the like), integrase inhibitors (for example, 5CITEP, L731,988, L708,906, L-870,812, S-1360, and the like), NCp7 nucleocapsid Zn finger inhibitors (for example, NOBA, DIBA, dithianes, PD-161374, pyridinioalkanoyl thioesters (PATES), azodicarbonamide (ADA), cyclic 2,2 dithio bisbenzamide, and the like), RNase H inhibitors (for example, BBHN, CPHM PD-26388, and the like), Tat inhibitors (for example, dominant negative mutants, Ro24-7429, Ro5-3335, and the like), Rev inhibitors (for example, dominant negative mutants, Leptomycin B, PKF050-638, and the like), transcriptional inhibitors (for example, Temacrazine, K-12 and K-37, EM2487, and the like), inhibitors of HIV assembly/maturation (for example, CAP-1 and CAP-2, and the like), and pharmaceutical agents directed to cellular anti-HIV targets (for example, LB6-B275 and HRM1275, Cdk9 inhibitors, and the like).
  • In a certain embodiment, a compound of the invention can be used in conjunction with highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART). When antiretroviral drugs are used in combinations of three or four drugs, this treatment is called HAART [see, e.g., Portegies, et al., Eur. J. Neurol. (2004) 11:297-304].
  • In accordance with the present invention, the combination of a compound of the present invention and pharmaceutical agent can be prepared by mixing the respective active components either all together or independently with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient, binder, diluent, etc. as described herein, and administering the mixture or mixtures either orally or non-orally as a pharmaceutical composition(s). When a compound or a mixture of compounds of Formula (Ia) are administered as a combination therapy with another active compound each can be formulated as separate pharmaceutical compositions given at the same time or at different times. Alternatively, in some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention comprise a compound or a mixture of compounds of Formula (Ia) and the pharmaceutical agent(s) as a single pharmaceutical composition.
    • Other Utilities
  • Another object of the present invention relates to radio-labeled compounds of the present invention that would be useful not only in radio-imaging but also in assays, both in vitro and in vivo, for localizing and quantitating the 5-HT2A receptor in tissue samples, including human, and for identifying 5-HT2A receptor ligands by inhibition binding of a radio-labeled compound. It is a further object of this invention to develop novel 5-HT2A receptor assays of which comprise such radio-labeled compounds.
  • The present invention embraces isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention. An “isotopically” or “radio-labeled” compounds are those which are identical to compounds disclosed herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced or substituted by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature (i.e., naturally occurring). Suitable radionuclides that may be incorporated in compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, 2H (also written as D for deuterium), 3H (also written as T for tritium), 11C, 13C, 14C, 13N, 15N, 15O, 17O, 18O, 18F, 35S, 36Cl, 82Br, 75Br, 76Br, 77Br, 123I, 124I, 125I, and 131I. The radionuclide that is incorporated in the instant radio-labeled compounds will depend on the specific application of that radio-labeled compound. For example, for in vitro 5-HT2A receptor labeling and competition assays, compounds that incorporate 3H, 14C, 82Br, 125I, 131I, 35S or will generally be most useful. For radio-imaging applications 11C, 18F, 125I, 123I, 124I, 131I, 75Br, 76Br or 77Br will generally be most useful.
  • It is understood that a “radio-labeled” or “labeled compound” is a compound of Formula (Ia) that has incorporated at least one radionuclide; in some embodiments the radionuclide is selected from the group consisting of 3H, 14C, 125I, 35S and 82Br.
  • Certain isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. In some embodiments the radionuclide 3H and/or 14C isotopes are useful in these studies. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes supra and Examples infra, by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. Other synthetic methods that are useful are discussed infra. Moreover, it should be understood that all of the atoms represented in the compounds of the invention can be either the most commonly occurring isotope of such atoms or the more scarce radio-isotope or nonradio-active isotope.
  • Synthetic methods for incorporating radio-isotopes into organic compounds are applicable to compounds of the invention and are well known in the art. These synthetic methods, for example, incorporating activity levels of tritium into target molecules, are as follows:
  • A. Catalytic Reduction with Tritium Gas—This procedure normally yields high specific activity products and requires halogenated or unsaturated precursors.
  • B. Reduction with Sodium Borohydride [3H]—This procedure is rather inexpensive and requires precursors containing reducible functional groups such as aldehydes, ketones, lactones, esters, and the like.
  • C. Reduction with Lithium Aluminum Hydride [3H]—This procedure offers products at almost theoretical specific activities. It also requires precursors containing reducible functional groups such as aldehydes, ketones, lactones, esters, and the like.
  • D. Tritium Gas Exposure Labeling—This procedure involves exposing precursors containing exchangeable protons to tritium gas in the presence of a suitable catalyst.
  • E. N-Methylation using Methyl Iodide [3H]—This procedure is usually employed to prepare O-methyl or N-methyl (3H) products by treating appropriate precursors with high specific activity methyl iodide (3H). This method in general allows for higher specific activity, such as for example, about 70-90 Ci/mmol Synthetic methods for incorporating activity levels of 125I into target molecules include:
  • A. Sandmeyer and like reactions—This procedure transforms an aryl or heteroaryl amine into a diazonium salt, such as a tetrafluoroborate salt, and subsequently to 125I labeled compound using Na125I. A represented procedure was reported by Zhu, D.-G. and co-workers in J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 943-948.
  • B. Ortho 125Iodination of phenols—This procedure allows for the incorporation of 125I at the ortho position of a phenol as reported by Collier, T. L. and co-workers in J. Labeled Compd Radiopharm. 1999, 42, S264-S266.
  • C. Aryl and heteroaryl bromide exchange with 125I—This method is generally a two step process. The first step is the conversion of the aryl or heteroaryl bromide to the corresponding tri-alkyltin intermediate using for example, a Pd catalyzed reaction [i.e. Pd(Ph3P)4] or through an aryl or heteroaryl lithium, in the presence of a tri-alkyltinhalide or hexaalkylditin [e.g., (CH3)3SnSn(CH3)3]. A represented procedure was reported by Bas, M.-D. and co-workers in J. Labeled Compd Radiopharm. 2001, 44, S280-S282.
  • A radio-labeled 5-HT2A receptor compound of Formula (Ia) can be used in a screening assay to identify/evaluate compounds. In general terms, a newly synthesized or identified compound (i.e., test compound) can be evaluated for its ability to reduce binding of the “radio-labeled compound of Formula (Ia)” to the 5-HT2A receptor. Accordingly, the ability of a test compound to compete with the “radio-labeled compound of Formula (Ia)” for the binding to the 5-HT2A receptor directly correlates to its binding affinity.
  • The labeled compounds of the present invention bind to the 5-HT2A receptor. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 500 μM, in another embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 100 μM, in yet another embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 10 μM, in yet another embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 1 μM, and in still yet another embodiment the labeled inhibitor has an IC50 less than about 0.1 μM.
  • Other uses of the disclosed receptors and methods will become apparent to those in the art based upon, inter alia, a review of this disclosure.
  • As will be recognized, the steps of the methods of the present invention need not be performed any particular number of times or in any particular sequence. Additional objects, advantages, and novel features of this invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art upon examination of the following examples thereof, which are intended to be illustrative and not intended to be limiting.
    • EXAMPLES Example 1 Syntheses of Compounds of the Present Invention
  • Illustrated syntheses for compounds of the present invention are shown in FIGS. 1 through 8 where the symbols have the same definitions as used throughout this disclosure.
  • The compounds of the invention and their synthesis are further illustrated by the following examples. The following examples are provided to further define the invention without, however, limiting the invention to the particulars of these examples. The compounds described herein, supra and infra, are named according to CS Chem Draw Ultra Version 7.0.1 or AutoNom 2000. In certain instances common names are used and it is understood that these common names would be recognized by those skilled in the art.
  • Chemistry: Proton nuclear magnetic resonance (1H NMR) spectra were recorded on a Varian Mercury Vx-400 equipped with a 4 nucleus auto switchable probe and z-gradient or a Bruker Avance-400 or 500 MHz equipped with a QNP (Quad Nucleus Probe) or a BBI (Broad Band Inverse) and z-gradient. Chemical shifts are given in parts per million (ppm) with the residual solvent signal used as reference. NMR abbreviations are used as follows: s=singlet, d=doublet, dd=doublet of doublet, ddd=doublet of doublet of doublet, dt=doublet of triplet, t=triplet, q=quartet, m=multiplet, br=broad. Microwave irradiations were carried out using the Emrys Synthesizer (Personal Chemistry). Thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel 60 F254 (Merck), preparatory thin-layer chromatography (prep TLC) was preformed on PK6F silica gel 60 A 1 mm plates (Whatman), and column chromatography was carried out on a silica gel column using Kieselgel 60, 0.063-0.200 mm (Merck). Evaporation was done under reduced pressure on a Buchi rotary evaporator. Celite 545® was used during palladium filtrations.
  • LCMS specs: 1) PC: HPLC-pumps: LC-10AD VP, Shimadzu Inc.; HPLC system controller: SCL-10A VP, Shimadzu Inc; UV-Detector: SPD-10A VP, Shimadzu Inc; Autosampler: CTC HTS, PAL, Leap Scientific; Mass spectrometer: API 150EX with Turbo Ion Spray source, AB/MDS Sciex; Software: Analyst 1.2. 2) Mac: HPLC-pumps: LC-8A VP, Shimadzu Inc; HPLC system controller: SCL-10A VP, Shimadzu Inc.
  • UV-Detector: SPD-10A VP, Shimadzu Inc; Autosampler: 215 Liquid Handler, Gilson Inc; Mass spectrometer: API 150EX with Turbo Ion Spray source, AB/MDS Sciex
    • Software: Masschrom 1.5.2. Example 1 Preparation of Compounds Example 1.1 Preparation of 3-chloro-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 334) Step A: Preparation of {2-[4-amino-2-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
  • A heterogenous solution of 4-amino-2-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenol (1.9 g, 8.5 mmol), Boc-amino-ethylbromide (4.2 g, 2.2 eq), and K2CO3 (2.3 g, 2.0 eq.) in acetone (80 mL) was refluxed for 35 h. The reaction was filtered and concentrated. The crude product was dissolved in DCM (30 mL), washed with 1N—NaOH to remove unreacted starting material and with H2O, dried, and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexane:EtOAc:MeOH=5:1:0 to 2:1:0.1) to afford 2.2 g (71%) {2-[4-amino-2-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. LCMS m/z (%)=367.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 369.2 (M+H 37Cl, 30).
    • Step B: Preparation of 3-chloro-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 334)
  • A solution of {2-[4-amino-2-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (15 mg, 40 μmol), 3-chlorothiophene-2-carbonyl chloride (12 mg, 1.5 eq.), DIEA (13 mg, 2.5 eq.) in DCM (1 mL) was stirred overnight. MeOH (˜0.1 mL) was added into the reaction to quench the excess acid chloride. After stirring for 30 min, the reaction was treated with TFA (˜0.2 mL) and heated to ˜90° C. for 1 h. The reaction was neutralized with sat-NaHCO3 and purified by prep-HPLC: Waters YMC ODS-A™ C18 column (5μ, 4.6×50 mm), 5% v/v CH3CN (containing 0.05% v/v TFA) in H2O (containing 0.05% v/v TFA) gradient to 60% v/v CH3CN in H2O, 20 mL/min 3-Chloro-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (15 mg, 89%) was isolated as a white powder. LCMS m/z (%)=411.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 413.0 (M+H 37Cl, 68). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.3 (s, 1H), 7.95-7.82 (m, 5H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.2 Preparation of 5-methyl-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 47)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=443.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 445.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.3 Preparation of 5-methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 57)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=376.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 378.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.8 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=2.4 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (bs, 3H), 7.74 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H).
    • Example 1.4 Preparation of 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 67)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=451.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 453.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.5 Preparation of 4-bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 77)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B LCMS m/z (%)=455.3 (M+H 35Cl79Br, 74), 457.3 (M+H 37Cl79Br, 100), 459.3 (M+H 37Cl81Br, 24).
    • Example 1.6 Preparation of 3-chloro-6-fluoro-benzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 82)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=479.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 481.1 (M+H 37Cl, 68). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.6 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=2.4 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 8.00-7.83 (m, 6H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.52 (dt, J=2.2 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.7 Preparation of 3-methyl-benzofuran-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 87)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=424.9 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 426.9 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.8 Preparation of cyclopentanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 274)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=363.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 365.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 9.95 (s, 1H), 7.87 (bs, 3H), 7.74 (dd, J=2.4 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.74 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.51 (m, 8H).
    • Example 1.9 Preparation of 5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 283)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=431.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 433.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.10 Preparation of 2,5-dichloro-thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 63)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=445.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 447.2 (M+H 37Cl, 99), 449.2 (M+H 37Cl, 35). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.4 (s, 1H), 7.86 (m, 4H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.11 Preparation of 3,5-dimethyl-isoxazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 78)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=390.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 392.4 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.12 Preparation of 1-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 93)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=505.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 507.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.6 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.88 (m, 4H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.62 (m, 4H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.13 Preparation of 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 6)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=451.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 453.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.14 Preparation of 5-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 12)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=539.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 541.4 (M+H 37Cl, 65).
    • Example 1.15 Preparation of 1-(4-chloro-phenyl)-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 18)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=539.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 541.4 (M+H 37Cl, 65). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.6 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.87 (m, 4H), 7.70-7.58 (m, 6H), 7.29 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.16 Preparation of 1,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 24)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=389.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 391.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.1 (s, 1H), 7.96 (dd, J=2.5 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (bs, 3H), 7.78 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (s, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H).
    • Example 1.17 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-3-methyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 30)
  • A solution of 4-methoxy-3-methylbenzoic acid (10 mg, 59 μmol), HATU (23 mg, 1.1 eq), and Et3N (11 mg, 1.5 eq.) in DCM (1 mL) was stirred 20 min at 40° C. {2-[4-Amino-2-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (18 mg, 50 μmol) was added into the acid-HATU solution, and the reaction was stirred overnight at 40 C. The reaction was treated with TFA (˜0.2 mL) and heated to ˜90° C. for 1 h. The reaction was filtered through a strong cation exchange resin to remove impurity, TFA, and tetramethyl urea, and purified by prep-HPLC: Waters YMC ODS-A™ C18 column (5μ, 4.6×50 mm), 5% v/v
  • CH3CN (containing 0.05% v/v TFA) in H2O (containing 0.05% v/v TFA) gradient to 60% v/v CH3CN in H2O, 20 mL/min. N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-3-methyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (14 mg, 69%) was obtained as a white powder. LCMS m/z (%)=415.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 417.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.1 (s, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=2.5 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.79 (bs, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H).
    • Example 1.18 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-bromo-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 198)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=479.2 (M+H 35Cl 79Br, 77), 481.2 (M+H 37Cl79Br, 100), 483.2 (M+H 37Cl81Br, 25).
    • Example 1.19 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 212)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=419.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 421.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.20 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 227)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=419.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 421.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.2 (s, 1H), 7.94-7.85 (m, 4H), 7.68-7.61 (m, 3H), 7.27 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (dd, J=2.2 and 12.6 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J=2.4 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.21 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 242)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=437.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 439.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.22 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 258)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=469.5 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 471.5 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.23 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 98)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=415.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 417.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.24 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 116)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=419.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 421.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.25 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-3-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 128)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=419.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 421.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.26 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-5-methoxy-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 186)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=499.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 501.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.2 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J=2.8 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (q, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.27 Preparation of benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 33)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=415.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 417.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.28 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-thiophen-2-yl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 35)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=453.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 455.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.3 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 2H), 7.96 (dd, J=2.6 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90-7.81 (m, 5H), 7.73 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.29 Preparation of adamantane-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate. (Compound 37)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=429.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 431.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 9.20 (s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 4H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.13 (bs, 2H), 2.00 (bs, 3H), 1.89 (m, 6H), 1.70 (bs, 6H).
    • Example 1.30 Preparation of pyridine-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 39)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=371.9 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 373.9 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.31 Preparation of pyridine-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 43)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=371.8 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 373.8 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.32 Preparation of pyridine-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 51)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=371.8 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 373.8 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.33 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-isonicotinamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 61)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=390.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 392.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.34 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-5-bromo-nicotinamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 71)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=449.8 (M+H 35Cl79Br, 74), 451.8 (M+H 37Cl79Br, 100), 453.8 (M+H 37Cl81Br, 24).
    • Example 1.35 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-bromo-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 91)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=448.9 (M+H 35Cl79Br, 74), 450.9 (M+H 37Cl79Br, 100), 452.9 (M+H 37Cl81Br, 24).
    • Example 1.36 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-dimethylamino-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 5)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=414.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 416.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.2 (s, 1H), 7.96-7.84 (m, 4H), 7.71 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 4H), 6.94 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 2.96 (s, 6H).
    • Example 1.37 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-dimethylamino-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 11)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=414.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 416.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.38 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-cyano-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 17)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=395.9 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 397.9 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.6 (s, 1H), 8.12-7.80 (m, 8H), 7.72 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.39 Preparation of quinoline-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 23)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=422.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 424.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.40 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-ethyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 31)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=399.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 401.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.41 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-phenoxy-nicotinamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 205)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=464.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 466.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.6 (s, 1H), 8.23 (dd, J=2.0 and 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=2.0 and 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.90-7.83 (m, 4H), 7.69 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.42 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.30-7.18 (m, 5H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.42 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4-methyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 292)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=403.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 405.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.43 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-chloro-3-fluoro-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 304)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=422.8 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 424.8 (M+H 35Cl37Cl, 64), 426.8 (M+H 37Cl, 23).
    • Example 1.44 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3,4-difluoro-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 313)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=407.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 409.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.45 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3,5-difluoro-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 319)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=407.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 409.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.46 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 197)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B. LCMS m/z (%)=457.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 459.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.6 (s, 1H), 8.35 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.47 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-4-methyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 206)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=415.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 417.4 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.48 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 216)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=415.5 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 417.5 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.49 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 226)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=429.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 431.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.50 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-chloro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 236)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=435.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 437.3 (M+H 37Cl, 64).
    • Example 1.51 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-bromo-5-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 246)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=479.5 (M+H35Cl79Br, 74), 481.5 (M+H 37Cl79Br, 100), 483.5 (M+H 37Cl81Br, 24). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.5 (s, 1H), 7.94-7.83 (m, 4H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J=2.8 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.52 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-6-pyrrolidin-1-yl-nicotinamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 263)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=441.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 443.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.2 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.14 (dd, J=2.0 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.94-7.86 (m, 4H), 7.68 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 4H).
    • Example 1.53 Preparation of 1H-indole-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 103)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=410.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 412.4 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 11.7 (s, 1H), 10.3 (s, 1H), 7.98 (dd, J=3.0 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (bs, 3H), 7.77 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (bs, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.54 Preparation of 2-phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-oxazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 127)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=506.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 508.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.55 Preparation of 2,2-difluoro-cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 150)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=371.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 373.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.56 Preparation of tetrahydro-furan-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 174)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=365.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 367.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.57 Preparation of 4-trifluoromethyl-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 303)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=445.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 447.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.58 Preparation of thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 315)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=377.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 379.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.59 Preparation of 3-ethoxy-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 195)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=421.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 423.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.60 Preparation of 1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 209)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=374.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 376.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.61 Preparation of 3-methyl-isoxazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 224)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=376.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 378.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.62 Preparation of 5-methyl-isoxazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 244)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=376.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 378.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 11.5 (s, 1H), 7.83 (bs, 4H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J=2.4 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H).
    • Example 1.63 Preparation of 2-ethyl-5-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 267)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=403.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 405.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.64 Preparation of 1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 107)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=375.5 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 377.5 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.1 (s, 1H), 8.00-7.74 (m, 7H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.14 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.65 Preparation of thiazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 119)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=378.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 380.0 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.66 Preparation of 4-methyl-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 137)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=391.9 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 393.9 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.67 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2,2-dimethyl-propionamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 171)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.1, Step B LCMS m/z (%)=351.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 353.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.68 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2,4,5-trifluoro-3-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 189)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=455.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 457.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.69 Preparation of 4,4-difluoro-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 332)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=413.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 415.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 12.3 (bs, 1H), 10.0 (s, 1H), 7.90 (bs, 2H), 7.74 (dd, J=2.6 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.13 (bs, 2H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.60 (m, 8H).
    • Example 1.70 Preparation of 3-methyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 49)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=391.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 393.0 (M+H 37Cl, 64).
    • Example 1.71 Preparation of 5-methyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 64)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=391.0 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 393.0 (M+H 37Cl, 64).
    • Example 1.72 Preparation of 5-chloro-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 74)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=411.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 413.1 (M+H 37Cl, 64). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.3 (s, 1H), 7.90-7.81 (m, 5H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.61 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.73 Preparation of 4,5-dichloro-isothiazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 84)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=446.1 (M+H 35Cl, 99), 448.1 (M+H 37Cl, 100), 450.1 (M+H 37Cl, 36). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.9 (s, 1H), 7.90-7.82 (m, 4H), 7.71 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.74 Preparation of 5-chloro-1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 94)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=477.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 479.3 (M+H 37Cl, 63).
    • Example 1.75 Preparation of 5-isopropyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 278)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=403.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 405.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.76 Preparation of 5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 284)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=375.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 377.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.77 Preparation of 4-chloro-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 296)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=422.9 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 424.9 (M+H 37Cl, 64).
    • Example 1.78 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-methylsulfanyl-nicotinamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 305)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=417.7 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 419.7 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.79 Preparation of benzo[c]isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 317)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=411.9 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 413.9 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 11.2 (s, 1H), 8.01 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.75 (m, 5H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.18 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.80 Preparation of 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxine-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 203)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=429.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 431.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.81 Preparation of 4-methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-7-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 223)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=442.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 444.4 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.82 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-6-morpholin-4-yl-nicotinamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 140)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=457.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 459.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.1 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (dd, J=2.4 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J=2.8 and 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (bs, 3H), 7.69 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.69 (m, 4H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.15 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.83 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 46)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=487.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 489.4 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.4 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.95-7.86 (m, 4H), 7.71 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (tt, J=3.0 and 51 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.84 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-ethoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 56)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=415.5 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 417.5 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.85 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-isopropoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 66)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=429.5 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 431.5 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.86 Preparation of 2-bromo-4-methyl-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 86)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=470.1 (M+H 35Cl79Br, 74), 472.1 (M+H 37Cl79Br, 100), 474.1 (M+H 37Cl81Br, 24).
    • Example 1.87 Preparation of 2,4-dimethyl-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 3)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=406.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 408.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.88 Preparation of 4,5-dimethyl-furan-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 9)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=389.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 391.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.89 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-5-methyl-nicotinamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 15)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=386.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 388.4 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.90 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 21)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=485.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 487.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.1 (s, 1H), 7.97-7.89 (m, 4H), 7.70 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J=2.0 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 4H), 1.59 (m, 2H).
    • Example 1.91 Preparation of 6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-pyridazine-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 29)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=389.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 391.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.92 Preparation of 5-methyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 201)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=387.3 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 389.3 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.93 Preparation of cinnoline-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 289)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=423.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 425.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.94 Preparation of 6-oxo-6H-pyran-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 301)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=389.2 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 391.2 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.95 Preparation of 1H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 310)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=412.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 414.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 1.96 Preparation of N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-(1,1-dioxo-1λ6-thiomorpholin-4-ylmethyl)-benzamide trifluoroacetate (Compound 316)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=518.4 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 520.4 (M+H 37Cl, 31). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 10.3 (s, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (bs, 4H), 7.72 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.86 (bs, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.18 (m, 6H), 2.98 (m, 4H).
    • Example 1.97 Preparation of 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 192)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 1.17. LCMS m/z (%)=443.1 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 445.1 (M+H 37Cl, 31).
    • Example 2 Preparation of Compounds Example 2.1 Preparation of Isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 106) Step A: Preparation of the intermediate tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate
  • 4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenol (2 g, 10.6 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (100 mL). Tert-butyl 2-bromoethylcarbamate (4.74 g, 21.2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.92 g, 21.2 mmol) were then added to the solution. The reaction was refluxed for 15 hours at 60° C. After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated, and dissolved in CH2Cl2. The unreacted 4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenol was removed from the product through extraction with 1N NaOH. The product was purified by column chromatography (40% EtOAc/60% Hexanes) to yield tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (1.56 g, 4.70 mmol, 44.4%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=333 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.42 (s, 9H), 3.33 (q, J=5.31 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.90 (t, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (br. s., 1H), 6.22 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J=3.03 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dd, J=8.84, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H).
    • Step B: Preparation of Isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (Compound 106)
  • To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy), ethylcarbamate (20 mg, 60 μmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) was added isoxazole-5-carbonyl chloride (12 mg, 90 μmol) and Et3N (20 μl, 144 μmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4-5 hours at room temperature. Then, TFA (1 mL) was added to the solution and heated for one hour at 90° C. in order to remove the Boc-protecting group from the amine. The solvent was evaporated, the resulting oil was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL) and purified by Prep LC/MS to yield isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (12.2 mg, 0.037 mmol, 60.6%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=328 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.17 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.20 (t, J=5.43 Hz, 2H), 6.38 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (br. s., 3H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 8.84 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 10.82 (s, 1H).
    • Example 2.2 Preparation of Benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 121)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=381 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 3.28-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.26 (t, J=5.18 Hz, 2H), 6.08 (s, 2H), 6.41 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.64 (t, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.86 (m, 1H), 10.06 (s, 1H).
    • Example 2.3 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl))-phenyl]-4-bromo-3-methyl-benzamide (Compound 129)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=429 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.17 (q, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.18 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.77 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (br. s., 3H), 7.86 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 10.33 (s, 1H).
    • Example 2.4 Preparation of Naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 152)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=387 (M+H). H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.18 (q, J=5.31 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 4.20 (t, J=5.43 Hz, 2H), 6.39 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.78 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (bs, 3H), 7.94 (dd, J=9.09, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 8.00-8.12 (m, 4H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 10.49 (s, 1H).
    • Example 2.5 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-chloro-4-fluoro-benzamide (Compound 302)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=389 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.17 (q, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.19 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J=8.97 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (br. s., 3H), 7.96-8.03 (m, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J=7.07, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 10.41 (s, 1H).
    • Example 2.6 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 190)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=423 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 3.29 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.23 (t, J=4.55 Hz, 2H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=11.62 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.68 (m, 2H), 8.18 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=13.14 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 2.7 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 204)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=423 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.15 (q, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.19 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 3H), 7.96-8.04 (m, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J=6.06, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 10.6 (s, 1H).
    • Example 2.8 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 83)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=385 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.09-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 4.13 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.32 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.47 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (br. s., 3H), 10.25 (s, 1H).
    • Example 2.9 Preparation of 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 260)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 342 (M+H).
    • Example 2.10 Preparation of 5-Methyl-isoxazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 145)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 342 (M+H).
    • Example 2.11 Preparation of 3,5-Dimethyl-isoxazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 272)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 356 (M+H).
    • Example 2.12 Preparation of 5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-furan-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 118)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 397 (M+H).
    • Example 2.13 Preparation of Furan-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 130)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 327 (M+H).
    • Example 2.14 Preparation of 2,5-Dimethyl-furan-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 142)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 355 (M+H).
    • Example 2.15 Preparation of 5-Methyl-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 220)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 409 (M+H).
    • Example 2.16 Preparation of 1-Methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 235)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 340 (M+H).
    • Example 2.17 Preparation of 1-tert-Butyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 256)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 397 (M+H).
    • Example 2.18 Preparation of 5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 96)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 397 (M+H).
    • Example 2.19 Preparation of 4-Bromo-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 114)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 421 (M+H).
    • Example 2.20 Preparation of 3-Chloro-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 132)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 377.1 (M+H).
    • Example 2.21 Preparation of 4-Methyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 155)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 357.3 (M+H).
    • Example 2.22 Preparation of 2,5-Dichloro-thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 179)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 411.3 (M+H).
    • Example 2.23 Preparation of Thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 168)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 343 (M+H).
    • Example 2.24 Preparation of 3-Chloro-6-fluoro-benzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 333)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 445 (M+H).
    • Example 2.25 Preparation of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 50)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 417 (M+H).
    • Example 2.26 Preparation of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 65)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 417 (M+H).
    • Example 2.27 Preparation of 2,2-Dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-7-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 80)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 407 (M+H).
    • Example 2.28 Preparation of 3-Methyl-benzofuran-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 273)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 391 (M+H).
    • Example 2.29 Preparation of 1-Phenyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 282)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 471 (M+H).
    • Example 2.30 Preparation of 1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 291)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 505 (M+H).
    • Example 2.31 Preparation of 5-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-2-trifluoromethyl-furan-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 243)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 505 (M+H).
    • Example 2.31 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-thiophen-2-yl-benzamide (Compound 218)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 419 (M+H).
    • Example 2.32 Preparation of Cyclopentanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 259)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 329 (M+H).
    • Example 2.33 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-6-trifluoromethyl-nicotinamide (Compound 105)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 406 (M+H).
    • Example 2.34 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethoxy-benzamide (Compound 170)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 421 (M+H).
    • Example 2.35 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methyl-benzamide (Compound 176)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 351 (M+H).
    • Example 2.36 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-propionamide (Compound 182)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS 289 (M+H).
    • Example 2.37 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2,6-difluoro-benzamide (Compound 219)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 373 (M+H).
    • Example 2.38 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2,4-difluoro-benzamide (Compound 157)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 373 (M+H).
    • Example 2.39 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-fluoro-benzamide (Compound 293)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 355 (M+H).
    • Example 2.40 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4-methyl-benzamide (Compound 300)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 369 (M+H).
    • Example 2.41 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-chloro-6-fluoro-benzamide (Compound 314)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 389 (M+H).
    • Example 2.42 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 312)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 423 (M+H).
    • Example 2.43 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 199)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 423 (M+H).
    • Example 2.44 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2,6-difluoro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 261)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 387 (M+H).
    • Example 2.45 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3,4,5-trimethoxy-benzamide (Compound 239)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 427 (M+H).
    • Example 2.46 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-cyano-benzamide (Compound 166)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 362 (M+H).
    • Example 2.47 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-cyano-benzamide (Compound 217)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 362 (M+H).
    • Example 2.48 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 53)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 423 (M+H).
    • Example 2.49 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3,5-difluoro-benzamide (Compound 68)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 373 (M+H).
    • Example 2.50 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 232)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 381 (M+H).
    • Example 2.51 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 247)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 369 (M+H).
    • Example 2.52 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 264)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 381 (M+H).
    • Example 2.53 Preparation of 3-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 324)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 2.1, Step B to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=427 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.18 (q, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.20 (t, J=5.43 Hz, 2H), 6.38 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (br. s., 3H), 7.93-7.99 (m, 1H), 8.13-8.21 (m, 1H), 10.59 (s, 1H).
    • Example 3 Preparation of Compounds Example 3.1 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 75)
  • 2,6-difluoro-4-methoxybenzoic acid (22.6 mg, 120 μmol) was weighed into a microwave vial and CH2Cl2 (1 mL) was added followed by HATU (34.3 mg, 90.3 μmol) and Et3N (20 μl, 144 μmol). After stirring 10 minutes, tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (20 mg, 60 μmol) was added to the solution. The reaction mixture was heated at 60° C. for one hour. Then, TFA (1 mL) was added and heated for one hour at 90° C. in order to remove the Boc-protecting group from the amine. The solvent was evaporated. The resulting oil was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL) and purified by Prep LC/MS to give N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2,6-difluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (8.2 mg, 0.02 mmol, 34%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=403 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.16 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.17 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (br. s., 3H), 10.69 (s, 1H), 13.46 (s, 1H).
    • Example 3.2 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-dimethylamino-benzamide (Compound 16)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=380 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.82 (s, 6H), 3.11-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.17 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (t, J=7.45 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.67 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J=9.09, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (br. s., 3H), 11.14 (s, 1H).
    • Example 3.3 Preparation of 5-Methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 237)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=341 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.15 (q, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.16 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (br. s., 3H), 7.91 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 2H), 10.07 (s, 1H).
    • Example 3.4 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-bromo-5-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 122)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=445 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.16 (q, J=5.31 Hz, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 4.17 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J=8.84, 3.03 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=3.03 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (br. s., 3H), 10.50 (s, 1H).
    • Example 3.5 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-bromo-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 253)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=445 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.17 (q, J=5.31 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 4.18 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=13.52, 8.97 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (br. s., J=9.09, 2.78 Hz, 3H), 7.86 (dd, J=9.09, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J=8.59, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 1H), 10.23 (s, 1H).
    • Example 3.6 Preparation of 5-Methyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 245)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 357 (M+H).
    • Example 3.7 Preparation of 3-Methyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 73)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 357 (M+H).
    • Example 3.8 Preparation of 3-Ethoxy-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 88)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 387 (M+H).
    • Example 3.9 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-morpholin-4-yl-benzamide (Compound 4)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 422 (M+H).
    • Example 3.10 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-6-morpholin-4-yl-nicotinamide (Compound 268)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 423 (M+H).
    • Example 3.11 Preparation of 4-Methyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-7-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 10)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 408 (M+H).
    • Example 3.12 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-3-methyl-benzamide (Compound 22)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 381 (M+H).
    • Example 3.13 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide (Compound 28)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 381 (M+H).
    • Example 3.14 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-4-methyl-benzamide (Compound 108)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 381 (M+H).
    • Example 3.15 Preparation of 4-Bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 193)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 419 (M+H).
    • Example 3.16 Preparation of 3-Methyl-3H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 126)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 341 (M+H).
    • Example 3.17 Preparation of 5-Bromo-furan-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 207)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 405 (M+H).
    • Example 3.18 Preparation of 4-Chloro-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 222)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 389 (M+H).
    • Example 3.19 Preparation of 2-Ethyl-5-methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 144)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 369 (M+H).
    • Example 3.20 Preparation of Thiazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 167)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 344 (M+H).
    • Example 3.21 Preparation of 4,5-Dichloro-isothiazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 45)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 412 (M+H).
    • Example 3.22 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-chloro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 252)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 401 (M+H).
    • Example 3.23 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 270)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 385 (M+H).
    • Example 3.24 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-2-methyl-benzamide (Compound 110)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 381 (M+H).
    • Example 3.25 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-benzamide (Compound 321)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 395 (M+H).
    • Example 3.26 Preparation of 2,5-Dimethyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 330)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 355 (M+H).
    • Example 3.27 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-fluoro-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 60)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 385 (M+H).
    • Example 3.28 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 90)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 435 (M+H).
    • Example 3.29 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 279)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 385 (M+H).
    • Example 3.30 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 288)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 451 (M+H).
    • Example 3.31 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 238)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 385 (M+H).
    • Example 3.32 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 104)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 387 (M+H).
    • Example 3.33 Preparation of 5-Methyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 280)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 341 (M+H).
    • Example 3.34 Preparation of 5-Isopropyl-2H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 58)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 3.1 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=369 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.25 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 6H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 3.16 (q, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.16 (t, J=5.43 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (br. s., 3H), 7.91 (dd, J=6.32, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 10.06 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4 Preparation of Compounds Example 4.1 Preparation of tert-butyl 2-(4-(3-methoxybenzamido)-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate
  • Tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (265 mg, 797.2 μmol), m-anisoyl chloride (168.0 μl, 1.5 eq) and triethylamine (266.7 μl, 2.4 eq) were taken up in 20 mL of dichloromethane in a round bottomed flask and stirred at 22° C. for 18 hr. The reaction was then concentrated and purified by column chromatography (40-75% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil in 73.9% yield LCMS m/z (%)=467 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.42 (q, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.04 (t, J=4.80 Hz, 2H), 6.28 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dt, J=4.55, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.45 (m, J=3.03 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.2 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Acetylamino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 194)
  • The N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide hydrochloride (30.0 mg, 74.5 μmol) and triethylamine (31.1 μl, 3.0 eq) were taken up in 2 mL of dichloromethane and stirred for 15 mins. To this was added acetyl chloride (6.35 μl, 1.2 eq) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The solvents were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and it was purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 54.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=409 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.97 (s, 3H), 3.49-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3 H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.09 (t, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (t, J=6.32 Hz, 1H), 6.39 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.61 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.3 Preparation of {2-[4-(3-Methoxy-benzoylamino)-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid ethyl ester (Compound 342)
  • The N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide hydrochloride (30.0 mg, 74.5 μmol) and triethylamine (31.1 μl, 3.0 eq) were taken up in 2 mL of dichloromethane and stirred for 15 mins. To this was added ethyl chloroformate (8.58 μl, 1.2 eq) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs. The solvents were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and it was purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 52.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=439 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.23 (t, J=7.07 Hz, 3H), 3.44-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.94-4.21 (m, 5H), 6.38 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dt, J=4.67, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.83 (s, 1H)
    • Example 4.4 Preparation of N-[4-[2-(2-Dimethylamino-acetylamino)-ethoxy]-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 344)
  • 2-(dimethylamino)acetic acid (16.0 mg, 1.25 eq), triethylamine (34.6 mL, 2.0 eq) and HATU (59.0 mg, 1.25 eq) were dissolved in 3 mL of dichloromethane and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. At this time N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide hydrochloride (50.0 mg, 124 μmol) dissolved in 2.0 mL of dichloromethane was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. The solvents were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and it was purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized. It was then stirred overnight in 2.0M hydrochloric acid in ether (310.3 μl, 5 eq). The solvents were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 43.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=452 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.07 (t, J=4.55 Hz, 2H), 6.42 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dt, J=4.55, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H)
    • Example 4.5 Preparation of N-[4-[2-((S)-2-Acetylamino-4-methylsulfanyl-butyrylamino)-ethoxy]-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 340)
  • (S)-2-acetamido-4-(methylthio)butanoic acid (17.8 mg, 1.25 eq), triethylamine (20.8 mL, 2.0 eq) and HATU (35.4 mg, 1.25 eq) were dissolved in 3 mL of dichloromethane and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. At this time N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide hydrochloride (30 mg, 74.5 μmol) dissolved in 2.0 mL of dichloromethane was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. The solvents were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and it was purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 57.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=540 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 2.01 (s, 4H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.44 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.03-4.12 (m, 2H), 4.45-4.53 (m, 1H), 6.39 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dt, J=4.80, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.86 (s, 1H)
    • Example 4.6 Preparation of trichloromethyl 2-(4-(3-methoxybenzamido)-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate
  • N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide hydrochloride (80.0 mg, 198 μmol), triethylamine (277 μl, 10 eq) and triphosgene (64.8 mg, 1.1 eq) were dissolved in 5 mL of dichloromethane and stirred under reflux for 5 mins. The solvent was removed under vacuum and 4 mL of ethyl acetate was added. It was divided in two and used immediately in the preparation of compound 5 and 7 without purification. LCMS m/z (%)=528 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.7 Preparation of {2-[4-(3-Methoxy-benzoylamino)-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid 4-nitro-phenyl ester (Compound 339)
  • Trichloromethyl 2-(4-(3-methoxybenzamido)-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (50.0 g, 94.74 mmol), 4-nitrophenol (14.50 g, 1.1 eq) and magnesium oxide (1.067 mL, 1.0 eq) were taken up in 2 mL of ethyl acetate in a round bottomed flask and stirred at 22° C. for 3 hr. The magnesium oxide was filtered off. The solvent was then evaporated and it was purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 39.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=532 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.8 Preparation of {2-[4-(3-Methoxy-benzoylamino)-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid 2-dimethylamino-ethyl ester (Compound 343)
  • Trichloromethyl 2-(4-(3-methoxybenzamido)-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (50.0 g, 94.74 mmol), 2-(dimethylamino)ethanol (14.50 g, 1.1 eq) and magnesium oxide (1.067 mL, 1.0 eq) were taken up in 2 mL of ethyl acetate in a round bottomed flask and stirred at 22° C. for 3 hr. The magnesium oxide was filtered off. The solvent was then evaporated and it was purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 31.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=482 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 3.34 (q, J=5.05 Hz, 4H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.06 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 4.25-4.29 (m, 2H), 6.28 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.40 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 3H), 7.51-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=8.84, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 9.48-9.62 (m, 1H).
    • Example 4.9 Preparation of tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate
  • 4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenol (3.02 g, 15.96 mmol), tert-butyl 2-bromoethylcarbamate (7.153 g, 2.0 eq) and potassium carbonate (4.412 g, 2.0 eq) were dissolved in 100 mL acetone and refluxed at 60° C. for 24 h. After reaction, the potassium carbonate was filtered and acetone was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 100 mL DCM and extracted with 3×100 mL 1N NaOH. Purified by column chromatography (50-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil in 29.10% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=333 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.33 (q, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.91 (t, J=5.05 Hz, 2H), 4.45-4.51 (m, 1H), 6.23 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=3.03 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (dd, J=8.59, 3.03 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 4.10 Preparation of 4,5-Dimethyl-furan-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 254)
  • 4,5-dimethylfuran-2-carboxylic acid (12.65 mg, 1.2 eq), triethylamine (26.21 μl, 3.0 eq) and HATU (34.32 mg, 1.2 eq) were dissolved in 1 mL of dichloromethane and stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. At this time tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (25.0 mg, 75.2 μmol) dissolved in 0.5 mL of dichloromethane was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The solvent was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in 0.5 mL of ethyl acetate. To this was added 2.0M hydrochloric acid in ether (376 μl, 5 eq) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in 1 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid in 47.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=355 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.98 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 3.11-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.16 (t, J=5.31 Hz, 3H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=3.03 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.98 (m, 2H), 10.01 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.11 Preparation of 4-Fluoro-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 309)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a pale yellow solid in 43.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=359 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.12 Preparation of 3,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 101)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 34.9% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=358 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.13 Preparation of 4-Methyl-oxazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 113)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 28.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=342 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.14 Preparation of 5-Isopropyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 131)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 33.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=370 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.15 Preparation of 2-Methyl-furan-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 266)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a beige solid in 35.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=341 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.16 Preparation of 4-Methyl-[1,2,3]thiadiazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 100)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a beige solid in 38.6% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=359 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.17 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 290)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a beige solid in 26.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=404 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.18 Preparation of 3-Phenyl-isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 112)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a beige solid in 53.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=404 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.19 Preparation of 5-Butyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 318)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 36.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=401 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.20 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-isonicotinamide (Compound 124)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a yellow solid in 13.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=338 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.21 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3,5-dichloro-isonicotinamide (Compound 2)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 22.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=407 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 409 (M+H 37Cl, 70).
    • Example 4.22 Preparation of Quinoline-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 211)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a yellow solid in 53.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=388 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.14-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.22 (t, J=5.31 Hz, 2H), 6.41 (d, J=2.00 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.97 (m, 4H), 8.08 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (d, J=7.58 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 10.84 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.23 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-chloro-nicotinamide (Compound 221)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 23.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=372 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 374 (M+H 37Cl, 34).
    • Example 4.24 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2,6-dimethoxy-nicotinamide (Compound 231)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 43.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=398 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.25 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-6-methyl-nicotinamide (Compound 241)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a yellow solid in 31.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=352 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.26 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-6-phenoxy-nicotinamide (Compound 257)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 45.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=430 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.27 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-6-cyano-nicotinamide (Compound 299)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a yellow solid in 13.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=363 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.18 (d, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.20 (t, J=5.31 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.93 (m, 4H), 8.26 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 8.52 (dd, J=8.08, 2.02 Hz, 1H), 9.23 (s, 1H), 10.70 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.28 Preparation of 6-Acetylamino-N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide (Compound 311)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 19.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=395 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.29 Preparation of 5-Ethyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 200)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 12.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=373 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.30 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-methyl-nicotinamide (Compound 97)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 17.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=352 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.31 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 115)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 43.6% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=381 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.32 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-acetamide (Compound 139)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 39.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=395 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.33 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-propionamide (Compound 162)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 34.6% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=395 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.34 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(1H-indol-3-yl)-acetamide (Compound 297)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a pale yellow solid in 39.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=390 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.09-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 4.13 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.31 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 6.95-7.01 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (dd, J=8.84, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, J=7.58 Hz, 2H), 10.13 (s, 1H), 10.92 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.35 Preparation of 3-Methoxy-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 8)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 13.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=373 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.36 Preparation of 4-Methoxy-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 136)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 21.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=373 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.37 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-thiophen-3-yl-acetamide (Compound 215)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 41.6% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=357 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.38 Preparation of 5-Cyclopropyl-4-fluoro-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 214)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 32.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=385 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.39 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-nicotinamide (Compound 62)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a pale yellow solid in 32.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=354 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.11-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 4.17 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 6.58 (t, J=6.57 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.68-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.82 (dt, J=6.32, 2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.85-7.93 (m, 2H), 8.44 (dd, J=7.33, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 12.17 (s, 1H), 12.76 (d, J=6.06 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 4.40 Preparation of (S)—N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-methoxy-2-phenyl-acetamide (Compound 230)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 24.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=381 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.41 Preparation of 6-Oxo-1,6-dihydro-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 134)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a pale yellow solid in 30.6% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=354 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.42 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3,4-dichloro-phenyl)-2-methoxy-acetamide (Compound 151)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 48.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=450 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 452 (M+H 37Cl, 72).
    • Example 4.43 Preparation of 4-Chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 234)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 49.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=375 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 377 (M+H 37Cl, 38). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.16 (dt, J=10.99, 5.31 Hz, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 4.17 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.96 (m, 3H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 10.24 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.44 Preparation of 4-Methoxy-thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 163)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 5.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=373 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.45 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2-ethoxy-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 175)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a beige solid in 17.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=395 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.46 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 187)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 32.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=411 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.47 Preparation of 8-Methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 325)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 13.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=421 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.48 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(5-methyl-tetrazol-1-yl)-acetamide (Compound 14)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 23.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=357 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.49 Preparation of 4-Acetyl-N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (Compound 331)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 43.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=379 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.50 Preparation of 1-Methyl-5-trifluoromethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 255)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 52.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=409 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.51 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-chloro-isonicotinamide (Compound 337)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a yellow solid in 45.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=372 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.52 Preparation of 6-Methyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 52)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a yellow solid in 52.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=352 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.53 Preparation of 1H-Imidazole-4-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 251)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a white solid in 30.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=327 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.54 Preparation of tert-butyl {2-[4-({[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}amino)-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}carbamate
  • N,N′-Disuccinimidyl carbonate (462 mg, 1.2 eq) was dissolved in 30 mL dimethylformamide and cooled to 0° C. To this was added the tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (500 mg, 1.81 mmol) dissolved in 10 mL dimethylformamide, drop-wise over 30 mins. The solution was removed from the ice bath and stirred at room temperature for 2 hr, then moved to an oil bath and stirred at 65° C. for 30 minutes. It was then removed from heating and allowed to cool to room temperature. It was used in the following step without purification. LCMS m/z (%)=474 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.55 Preparation of 3,4-Dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 269)
  • A 2 mL aliquot of tert-butyl {2-[4-({[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}amino)-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}carbamate in dimethylformamide (60.0 μmol) was added to 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (9.59 mg, 1.2 eq) and stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. To this was added 2.0M hydrochloric acid in ether (150 μl, 5 eq) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 60 hr. Some of the deprotections were incomplete so 2-3 drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added to these and they were stirred for another 24 hr. The ether and hydrochloric acid were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and it was purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 42.9% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=392 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.85 (t, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 3.09-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.69 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.12 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 6.32 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (s, 3H), 7.43 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J=9.09, 3.03 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 2H), 8.60 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.56 Preparation of 3,4-Dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 109)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.55 to afford an orange oil in 47.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=392 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.57 Preparation of 2,3-Dihydro-indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 133)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.55 to afford a white solid in 37.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=378 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.58 Preparation of 1,3-Dihydro-isoindole-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 156)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.55 to afford a white solid in 4.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=378 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.10-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 4.13 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 4.76 (s, 4H), 6.33 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=9.09, 3.03 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 2H), 8.40 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.59 Preparation of 2,3,4,5-Tetrahydro-benzo[b][1,4]diazepine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 294)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.55 to afford an orange oil in 33.6% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=407 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.60 Preparation of Octahydro-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 306)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.55 to afford a white solid in 10.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=398 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.61 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-oxo-2-p-tolyl-acetamide (Compound 20)
  • The 2-oxo-2-p-tolylacetic acid (14.82 mg, 1.2 eq),), triethylamine (31.45 μl, 3.0 eq) and HATU (34.32 mg, 1.2 eq) were dissolved in 1 mL of dichloromethane and stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. At this time tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (25.0 mg, 75.2 μmol) dissolved in 0.5 mL of dichloromethane was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. The solvent was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in 0.5 mL of ethyl acetate. To this was added 2.0M hydrochloric acid in ether (188 μl, 5 eq) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in 1 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 32.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=379 (M+H, 100. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.42 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.19 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 10.96 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.62 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide (Compound 125)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 34.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=351 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.63 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3-chloro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 178)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 44.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=385 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 387 (M+H 37Cl, 37).
    • Example 4.64 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2-chloro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 38)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 45.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=385 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 387 (M+H 37Cl, 36).
    • Example 4.65 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2-fluoro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 143)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 70.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=369 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.66 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-m-tolyl-acetamide (Compound 42)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 69.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=365 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.67 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-o-tolyl-acetamide (Compound 154)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 52.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=365 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.29 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.16 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 4.13 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 7.09-7.19 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 2H), 10.21 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.68 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 184)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 40.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=419 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.69 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 210)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 43.9% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=419 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.70 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-2-oxo-acetamide (Compound 26)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 31.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=395 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.71 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-propionamide (Compound 225)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 65.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=404 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.67 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (t, J=7.58 Hz, 2H), 3.11-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 4.13 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.33 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (ddd, J=8.08, 7.07, 1.01 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (dt, J=7.58, 1.01 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.66 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (s, 2H), 9.96 (s, 1H), 10.78 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.72 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propionamide (Compound 240)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 47.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=371 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.73 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-benzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl-acetamide (Compound 148)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 38.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=392 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.74 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3,5-dimethyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetamide (Compound 262)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 93.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=369 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 3.11-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 4.15 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 5.83 (s, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=3.03 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 2H), 10.34 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.75 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 102)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 63.6% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=387 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.76 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 120)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 58.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=369 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.77 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-oxo-acetamide (Compound 32)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 32.9% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=383 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.78 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 165)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 30.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=419 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.79 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2-oxo-acetamide (Compound 202)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 28.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=399 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 401 (M+H 37Cl, 38).
    • Example 4.80 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(3-fluoro-4-methoxy-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 229)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 85.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=399 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.81 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-5-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 249)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 64.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=385 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.12-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.17 (t, J=5.56 Hz, 2H), 6.36 (s, 1H), 7.08-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=3.03 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 2H), 10.42 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.82 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl-acetamide (Compound 95)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.61 to afford a white solid in 48.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=369 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.83 Preparation of tert-butyl {2-[4-({[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}amino)-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}carbamate
  • N,N′-Disuccinimidyl carbonate (262 mg, 1.2 eq) was dissolved in 6 mL dimethylformamide and cooled to 0° C. To this was added the tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (242 mg, 0.95 mmol) dissolved in 4 mL dimethylformamide, drop-wise over 30 mins. The solution was removed from the ice bath and stirred at room temperature for 2 hr, then moved to an oil bath and stirred at 65° C. for 30 minutes. The mixture was used without further purification.
    • Example 4.84 Preparation of 4-Chloro-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 326)
  • A 1 mL aliquot of tert-butyl {2-[4-({[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}amino)-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy]ethyl}carbamate in dimethylformamide (78.8 μmol) was added to 4-chloroindoline (14.52 mg, 1.2 eq) and stirred at room temperature for 18 hr. To this was added 2.0M hydrochloric acid in ether (197 μl, 5 eq) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hr (2-3 drops of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added if the deprotection was incomplete and the resulting mixture was stirred for another 24 hr). The ether and hydrochloric acid were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen and the resulting material was purified by HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 43.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=412 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 414 (M+H 37Cl, 36). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.10-3.24 (m, 4H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.13-4.21 (m, 4H), 6.34 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.84, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=7.58 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 2H), 8.63 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4.85 Preparation of 6-Fluoro-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 183)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.84 to afford a white solid in 32.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=396 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 4.86 Preparation of 2-Oxo-1,2-dihydro-pyridine-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 213)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 4.10 to afford a pale yellow solid in 13.8% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=354 (M+H, 100).
    • Example 5 Preparation of Compounds Example 5.1 Preparation of N-[4(R)-2-Amino-propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 79) Step A: Preparation of the intermediate N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide
  • 4-Amino-2-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenol (2.0 g, 8.94 mmol) was suspended in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (75 mL). The suspension was made to dissolve by the adding anhydrous DMF (5 mL) and briefly heating the solution using a heat gun (˜50° C.). 2-Fluoro-4-methoxybenzoic acid (1.52 g, 8.94 mmol), DIEA (2.34 mL, 13.4 mmol) and HATU (4.08 g, 10.7 mmol) were added to the solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. After this time, the reaction was extracted (120 mL each of H2O/CH2Cl2). The aqueous layer was extracted once more with CH2Cl2 (120 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by column chromatography (0, 20, 40, 50, 70% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide (2.88 g, 7.66 mmol, 77.1%) as a colorless oil that turned solid upon standing. LCMS m/z 376.1 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.87 (dd, J=33.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J=11.49, 2.40 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1H).
    • Step B: Preparation of N-[4(R)-2-Amino-propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 79)
  • N-(3-(4-Chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide (50.0 mg, 133 μmol) and triphenylphosphine (52.3 mg, 200 μmol) were weighed into a vial and anhydrous THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was cooled on an ice bath and DIAD (38.8 μl, 200 μmol) was added. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for a half hour and then (R)-tert-butyl 1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (35.0 mg, 200 μmol), pre-dissolved in THF (0.3 mL) was added. The reaction was warmed to r.t. and stirred for 4 hours. The crude LC/MS showed that some product formed (˜60% complete, as judged from the LC/MS). Pushing the reaction by heating or extending the run time did not seem to improve the yield. Thus, the solvent was evaporated, the resulting oil was re-dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) was added (in order to remove the Boc-protecting group from the amine). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The next day, the solvent was evaporated and the oil was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL). The product was purified by Prep LC/MS (0-60% B, 30 min) to yield N-[4-((R)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (11.0 mg, 1.83 mmol, 15.0%) as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z 433.5 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.18-1.43 (m, 3H), 3.59-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.00-4.30 (m, 2H), 6.86 (dd, J=13.01, 2.40 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=8.59, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J=9.09, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (t, J=8.72 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dt, J=9.03, 2.18 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 5.2 Preparation of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-((R)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 1) Step A: Preparation of intermediate (R)-tert-butyl 1-bromopropan-2-ylcarbamate
  • A solution of (R)-tert-butyl 1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (100 mg, 571 μmol) and carbon tetrabromide (303 mg, 913 μmol) was cooled on an ice bath. Triphenylphosphine (299 mg, 1141 μmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 10 min. The reaction was then allowed to warm to r.t. and stirred for 18 hours. After this time, a TLC suggested that the reaction was complete (silica, 50% EtOAc/Hexanes, Ninhydrin stain). The solvent was removed and the product purified by column chromatography (0, 5, 10, 15, 20% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield (R)-tert-butyl 1-bromopropan-2-ylcarbamate (67.1 mg, 0.28 mmol, 49.3%) as a colorless oil that turned solid upon standing. LCMS 238.1 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.23 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 3.44 (dd, J=5.56, 1.77 Hz, 2H), 3.71-3.92 (m, 1H).
    • Step B: Preparation of intermediate tert-butyl (R)-1-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)propan-2-ylcarbamate
  • 4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenol (500 mg, 2643 μmol), (R)-tert-butyl 1-bromopropan-2-ylcarbamate (755 mg, 3171 μmol) and cesium carbonate (1205 mg, 3700 μmol) were weighed into a vial with anhydrous acetone (3.0 mL). The reaction was heated in a microwave at 100° C. for an hour. After this time, the crude LC/MS showed that the reaction was nearly complete. Thus, the solvent was evaporated and the resulting material was extracted (3 mL each of H2O and CH2Cl2). The aqueous layer was extracted again with CH2Cl2 (3 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by column chromatography (0, 20, 50, 70, 100% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield tert-butyl (R)-1-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)propan-2-ylcarbamate (487 mg, 1.41 mmol, 50.7%) as a light brown colored oil. LCMS m/z 347.1 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 0.92 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3H), 1.32 (s, 9H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.69-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.94 (m, 2H), 6.13 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J=8.59, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H).
    • Step C: Preparation of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-((R)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 1)
  • To a solution of tert-butyl (R)-1-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)propan-2-ylcarbamate (21.1 mg, 60.9 μmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) was added DIEA (13.8 μl, 79.2 μmol) and 2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxole-4-carbonyl chloride (14.8 mg, 66.9 μmol). The reaction mixture was heated briefly with a heat gun (˜50° C.) and then stirred at r.t. for 4 hours. After this time, the crude LC/MS showed that the reaction was fairly complete. Thus, the solvent was evaporated, the resulting oil was re-dissolved in CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) was added (in order to remove the Boc-protecting group from the amine). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The next day, the solvent was evaporated and the oil was dissolved in DMSO (1 mL). The product was purified by Prep LC/MS (5-60% B, 30 minutes) to afford 2,2-difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-((R)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate (11.8 mg, 0.021 mmol, 35.7%) as a white solid that was very hygroscopic. LCMS m/z 431.3 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.32 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3H), 3.57-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.07 (dd, J=10.36, 6.57 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (dd, J=10.36, 4.30 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J=8.08, 1.01 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J=8.08, 1.26 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=8.84, 2.78 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 5.3 Preparation of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-4-carboxylic acid [4-((R)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 76)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 5.2, Step C to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 431.2 (M+H).
    • Example 5.4 Preparation of N-[4-((R)-2-Amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 7)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 5.2, Step C to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 381.3 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.31 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 3.58-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.06 (dd, J=10.36, 6.32 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J=10.36, 4.29 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (t, J=7.96 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 5.5 Preparation of N-[4-((R)-2-Amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethoxy-benzamide (Compound 13)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 5.2, Step C to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 435.3 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.32 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 3.59-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.07 (dd, J=10.36, 6.57 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J=10.36, 4.29 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 5.6 Preparation of 2,5-Dichloro-thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [4-((R)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 19)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 5.2, Step C to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 425.1 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.31 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3H), 3.57-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.03-4.08 (m, J=10.36, 6.57 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J=10.36, 4.29 Hz, 1H), 6.41 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 5.7 Preparation of N-[4-Carbamimidoylmethoxy-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 172) Step A: Preparation of intermediate N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-(cyanomethoxy)phenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide
  • To a solution of N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide (104 mg, 276.8 μmol) in anhydrous acetone (1 mL) was added cesium carbonate (108.2 mg, 332.1 μmol) and 2-bromoacetonitrile (38.56 μl, 553.5 μmol). The reaction was heated in the microwave at 100° C. for a half hour. After this time, a crude LC/MS revealed that the reaction was complete. Thus, the solvent was evaporated and the reaction was extracted (2 mL each of H2O/CH2Cl2). The aqueous layer was extracted again (2 mL CH2Cl2). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by column chromatography (0, 20, 50, 70, 100% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide (88 mg, 203.2 μmol, 73.4%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z 415.3 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 6.86 (dd, J=12.88, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=8.72, 2.40 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H).
    • Step B: Preparation of N-[4-Carbamimidoylmethoxy-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 172)
  • N-(3-(4-Chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide (20 mg, 48.2 μmol) was weighed into a vial with MeOH (1 mL). Potassium methoxide (0.744 mg, 10.6 μmol) was added and the reaction was heated in a microwave at 100° C. for 625 sec. Ammonium chloride (2.84 mg, 53.0 μmol) was added and the reaction was again heated in a microwave at 80° C. for 720 sec. After this time, the crude LC/MS showed that the reaction had fairly cleanly formed the desired intermediate in around 80% yield. Thus, the reaction solvent was evaporated and the resulting oil was redissolved in DMSO (1 mL). The title compound was purified by Prep LC/MS (5-50% B, 30 min) to afford N-[4-carbamimidoylmethoxy-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (17.5 mg, 32.1 μmol, 66.5%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z 432.4 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.83 (d, J=14.15 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (d, J=14.15 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=8.72, 2.40 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J=12.63, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 8.98 (s, 2H), 9.06 (s, 2H), 10.32 (s, 1H).
    • Example 5.8 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-4,4,4-trifluoro-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 338) Step A: Preparation of intermediate 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4,4,4-trifluorobutanoic acid
  • A solution of 2-amino-4,4,4-trifluorobutanoic acid (1.2 g, 7.64 mmol) in dry CH2Cl2 (15 mL) was cooled in an ice bath. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.80 mL, 8.40 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 10 min at 0° C. After this time, the reaction was allowed to warm to r.t. and stirring continued for 2 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the reaction was extracted (50 mL each of H2O/NaHCO3 and CH2Cl2). The aqueous layer was extracted again (2×50 mL CH2Cl2). The combined organic layer was dried and concentrated yielding 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4,4,4-trifluorobutanoic acid (1.94 g, 7.39 mmol, 96.8% yield) as a white solid. The product was carried forward without further purification. LCMS 258.3 (M+H).
    • Step B: Preparation of intermediate tert-butyl 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-hydroxybutan-2-ylcarbamate
  • A solution of 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4,4,4-trifluorobutanoic acid (1.64 g, 6.38 mmol) and DIEA (1.33 mL, 7.65 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was cooled on an ice bath. Ethyl chloroformate (0.674 mL, 7.01 mmol) was added slowly via syringe. After the addition, the reaction mixture was warmed to r.t. and stirred for 2 hours (a white solid ppt formed in this time). After 2 hours, the precipitate was filtered and washed with anhydrous THF (4 mL). Lithium borohydride (6.38 mL, 12.8 mmol) was slowly added to the filtrate (vigorous bubbling was observed). The solution was stirred for 2 hours and the reaction progress was checked by crude LC/MS. Once the reaction was complete, most of the THF solvent was evaporated and an extraction was performed (100 mL each of H2O/NaCl and EtOAc). The aqueous layer was extracted again (2×100 mL EtOAc). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The product was purified by column chromatography (0, 20, 50, 60, 70% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield tert-butyl 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-hydroxybutan-2-ylcarbamate (1.24 g, 5.10 mmol, 80.0%) as a white solid. LCMS 244.0 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.21-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.57 (m, 1H), 3.44 (dd, J=11.12, 6.57 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (dd, J=11.12, 5.05 Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.97 (m, 1H).
    • Step C: Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-4,4,4-trifluoro-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 338)
  • N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide (20.0 mg, 53.2 μmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (0.3 mL). Triphenylphosphine (15.4 mg, 58.5 μmol), pre-dissolved in anhydrous THF (0.1 mL) was added to the N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-fluoro-4-methoxybenzamide/THF solution. The reaction was stirred for 5 minutes and then DIAD (16.6 μl, 85.2 μmol), pre-dissolved in anhydrous THF (0.1 mL) was added to the reaction. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for 5 more minutes and then tert-butyl 4,4,4-trifluoro-1-hydroxybutan-2-ylcarbamate (16.2 mg, 66.5 μmol), pre-dissolved in anhydrous THF (0.1 mL) was added. The reaction was then stirred for 4 hours and checked by LC/MS. While the reaction had not gone to completion, pushing the reaction by heating or extending the reaction time did not seem to improve the yield. Thus, the solvent was evaporated, the resulting oil re-suspended in CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) and TFA (20.5 μl, 266 μmol) was added (to remove the Boc-protecting group from the amine). The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The next day, the solvent was removed and the resulting oil was re-dissolved in DMSO (1 mL). The product was purified by Prep LC/MS (0-50% B, 30 min) to yield N-[4-(2-amino-4,4,4-trifluoro-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide trifluoroacetate (8.1 mg, 13.0 μmol, 24.5%) as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z 501.3 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 2.48-2.86 (m, 2H), 3.75 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 3H), 3.87-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.10-4.43 (m, 2H), 6.85 (dd, J=12.88, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=8.72, 2.40 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J=9.09, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.76 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 5.9 Preparation of N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-4-methanesulfonyl-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 59) Step A: Preparation of intermediate (S)-tert-butyl 1-hydroxy-4-(methylsulfonyl)butan-2-ylcarbamate
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 5.8, Step B to give a colorless oil that turned solid upon standing. LCMS m/z 268.0 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.81-1.93 (m, 1H), 2.06-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.52 (m, J=11.12, 6.06 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (dd, J=11.12, 5.05 Hz, 1H), 3.60-3.71 (m, 1H).
    • Step B: Preparation of N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-4-methanesulfonyl-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 59)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 5, Step C to give a white solid. LCMS m/z 525.7 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 2.13-2.30 (m, 2H), 3.02 (d, J=6.06 Hz, 3H), 3.13-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.10-4.35 (m, 2H), 6.85 (dd, J=13.14, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=8.59, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J=8.97, 5.94 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=3.28 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.98 (m, 1H).
    • Example 5.10 Preparation of N-[4-Carbamoylmethoxy-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 146)
  • To a mixture of N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (51 mg, 0.13 mmol) and potassium carbonate (27 mg, 0.20 mmol) in acetone (1 mL) was added 2-bromoacetamide (27 mg, 0.20 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated to 65° C. for 1 hour. Cooled to room temperature and partitioned between EtOAc and water. Layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with water (2×) and brine, dried (MgSO4) and reduced to give the title compound as a white solid (49 mg, 83%). LCMS m/z (%)=453 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 455 (M+H 37Cl, 30). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.73 (s, 3H), 4.46-4.61 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 1H), 8.21-8.36 (m, 2H), 10.53 (s, 1H).
    • Example 5.11 Preparation of N-[4-Carbamoylmethoxy-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 169)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 5.10 to give the title compound as a white solid (31.1 mg, 74.9%). LCMS m/z (%)=415 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 417 (M+H 37Cl, 30). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.46-4.60 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J=8.21, 2.15 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (br. s., 1H), 7.38 (br. s., 1H), 7.45 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=7.58 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6 Preparation of Compounds Example 6.1 Preparation of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 191) Step A: Preparation of the intermediate (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propyl methanesulfonate
  • Methane sulfonyl chloride (1.33 mL, 17.1 mmol) was added to a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (2.0 g, 11.4 mmol) and TEA (3.18 mL, 22.8 mmol) in DCM. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. At the completion of the reaction, the mixture was diluted with DCM; washed with water and dried with magnesium sulfate. The organic solvent was evaporated to dryness to afford the title compound as a white solid in 97.5% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.06 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.81 (m, 1H), 4.04 (d, J=5.81 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 1H).
    • Step B: Preparation of the intermediate tert-butyl (S)-1-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)propan-2-ylcarbamate
  • 4-Amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenol (300.00 mg, 1585.5 μmol), methanesulfonic acid 2-(S)-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl ester (602.45 mg, 2378.3 μmol) and Cesium carbonate (1033.2 mg, 3171.0 μmol) were dissolved in acetone, and heated in the microwave at 130 C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in DCM; washed with 1N NaOH (3×) and then removed under vacuum to yield a brownish residue in 34.6% yield. LCMS m/z=347.3 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (d, J=6.32 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 9H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.67-3.77 (m, 3H), 6.23 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H).
    • Step C: Preparation of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-5-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 191)
  • To a solution of tert-butyl (S)-1-(4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)propan-2-ylcarbamate (40.0 mg, 115 μmol) in DCM was added 2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxole-5-carbonyl chloride (28.0 mg, 127 μmol) followed by TEA (32.411, 231 μmol). The reaction was mixed in a rotary shaker at 25° C. for 1 hour then quenched with MeOH (100 μl). After mixing for 20 minutes TFA (400 μl) was added and the resulting mixture was heated to 40° C. and mixed for 1 hour. The organic solvent was removed under vacuum; the crude residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.5 mL), neutralized with saturated bicarbonate and subjected to purification by preparative LCMS. The proper fractions were pooled, frozen and lyophilized to afford the title compound as an off white solid (16.7% yield). LCMS m/z=431.3 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 3.48-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 2H), 6.36 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 2H), 7.82-7.91 (m, 2H), 10.35 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.2 Preparation of 2,2-Difluoro-benzo[1,3]dioxole-4-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 25)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.1, Step C to yield an oily residue in 23.1% yield. LCMS m/z=431.3 (M+H),
    • Example 6.3 Preparation of 2,5-Dichloro-thiophene-3-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 307)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.1, Step C to yield an oily residue in 28.5% yield. LCMS m/z 425.2 (M+H), 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 3.48-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 2H), 6.35 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.90-8.09 (bs, 2H), 10.35 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.4 Preparation of N-[4(S)-2-Amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethoxy-benzamide (Compound 295)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.1, Step C to yield an oily residue in 31.9% yield. LCMS m/z=435.4 (M+H), 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 3.48-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.90-8.06 (bs, 2H), 8.08 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 2H), 10.43 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.5 Preparation of N-[4(S)-2-Amino-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 286)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.1, Step C to yield an oily residue in 31.4% yield. LCMS m/z=381.4 (M+H), 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (d, J=6.57 Hz, 3H), 3.48-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.99-4.08 (m, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J=8.21, 2.40 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.90-8.06 (bs, 2H), 10.29 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.6 Preparation of N-[4(S)-2-Amino-3-methyl-butoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 72)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.1, Step C to yield an oily residue in 13.99% yield. LCMS m/z=409.4 (M+H).
    • Example 6.7 Preparation of 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 138) Step A: Preparation of the intermediate N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide
  • To a solution of 5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxylic acid (284.0 mg, 2236.0 μmol) dissolved in DCM (10.0 mL) was added HATU (1020.0 mg, 2683.0 μmol) followed by DIEA (586 μl, 3353 μmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. 4-amino-2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenol (500.00 mg, 2236 μmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was subjected to purification by column chromatography (ethyl acetate:hexane 50:50) to afford the title compound as an off-white solid in 59.0% yield. LCMS m/z=333.2 (M+H), 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 2.69 (s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J=8.84, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 10.04 (s, 1H), 10.60 (s, 1H).
    • Step B: 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 138)
  • Weighed polymer supported Triphenylphosphine (181 mg, 271 μmol, 3 eq; 1.5 mmol/gm) into a 20 mL scintillation vial; capped and flushed with nitrogen. The resin was then suspended in 2.0 mL dry THF and mixed in a rotary shaker for 2 minutes. N-(3-(4-chloro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (30.00 mg, 90.20 μmol) was added. The suspension was mixed briefly then DIAD (diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, 27.94 μl, 144.3 μmol) was added. After 30 minutes in a rotary shaker a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (19.75 mg. 112.7 μmol) in 0.5 mL of dry THF was added. The resulting suspension was heated to 65° C. and mixed overnight. LCMS showed that the reaction did not go to completion. A fresh batch of DIAD (27.94 μl, 144.3 μmol) and (S)-tert-butyl 1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (19.75 mg. 112.7 μmol) were added to the reaction mixture and the suspension was heated to 65° C. and mixed overnight. The suspension was filtered and the resin washed with THF (3×3 mL). The filtrate and washings were combined and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was dissolved in 20% TFA in DCM (2.0 mL), heated to 65° C. and mixed in a rotary shaker for 1.0 hour. The organic solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.8 mL), neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 and subjected to purification by preparative LCMS. The desired fractions were pooled, frozen and lyophilized to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (21.34% yield). LCMS m/z=390.3 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 3.46-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.66 (bs, 3H), 3.95-4.16 (m, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.04 (bs, 2H), 10.76 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.8 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-2-(tetrahydro-pyran-4-yl)-ethoxy]-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 276)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 3.62% yield. LCMS m/z=460.4 (M+H).
    • Example 6.9 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-3,3-dimethyl-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 327)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 30.8% yield. LCMS m/z=432.4 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.93 (s, 9H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 3.46-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.66 (bs, 3H), 3.95-4.16 (m, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.02 (bs, 2H), 10.76 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.10 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((R)-2-amino-3-methyl-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 85)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 5.84% yield. LCMS m/z=418.5 (M+H).
    • Example 6.11 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-3-cyclohexyl-propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 70)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 26.32% yield. LCMS m/z=472.6 (M+H).
    • Example 6.12 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-2-cyclohexyl-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 55)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 25.91% yield. LCMS m/z=458.4 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.86-1.75 (m, 11H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 3.13-3.21 (bs, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.99-4.29 (m, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.02 (bs, 2H), 10.76 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.13 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-2-cyclohexyl-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 336)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 30.52% yield. LCMS m/z=458.3 (M+H).
    • Example 6.14 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((S)-2-amino-4-methyl-pentyloxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 185)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 32.10% yield. LCMS m/z=432.4 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.75-0.86 (m, 6H), 1.30-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.65 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.66 (bs, 3H), 3.95-4.16 (m, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.04 (bs, 2H), 10.76 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.15 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid [4-((R)-2-amino-4-methyl-pentyloxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 161)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 27.99% yield. LCMS m/z=432.4 (M+H).
    • Example 6.16 N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 277)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an off-white solid in 14.76% yield. LCMS m/z=433.4 (M+H); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 3.46-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.66 (bs, 3H), 3.84 (bs, 3H), 3.91-4.14 (m, 2H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 6.91 (dd, J=8.72, 2.40 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (dd, J=12.63, 2.27 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.90-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.89-8.02 (bs, 2H), 10.27 (s, 1H).
    • Example 6.17 N-[4-((R)-2-Amino-3-methyl-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide (Compound 285)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an oily residue in 12.9% yield. LCMS m/z=414.3 (M+H).
    • Example 6.18 N-[4-((R)-2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide (Compound 158)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an oily residue in 18.1% yield. LCMS m/z=454.3 (M+H).
    • Example 6.19 N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-2-cyclohexyl-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide (Compound 141)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an oily residue in 16.6% yield. LCMS m/z=454.2 (M+H).
    • Example 6.20 N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-3,3-dimethyl-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide (Compound 117)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an oily residue in 2.04% yield. LCMS m/z=428.3 (M+H).
    • Example 6.21 N-[4-((R)-2-Amino-4-methyl-pentyloxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide (Compound 271)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an oily residue in 5.37% yield. LCMS m/z=428.3 (M+H).
    • Example 6.22 N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-4-methyl-pentyloxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide (Compound 248)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an oily residue in 4.35% yield. LCMS m/z=428.2 (M+H).
    • Example 6.23 N-[4-((S)-2-Amino-3-methyl-butoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-nicotinamide (Compound 233)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 6.7, Step B to afford an oily residue in 11.1% yield. LCMS m/z=414.3 (M+H).
    • Example 7 Preparation of Compounds Example 7.1 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 322)
  • A mixture of N-[4-(2-bromo-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (0.5000 g, 1.161 mmol) and ammonia (0.2515 g, 11.62 mmol) in 20 mL of methanol were heated to 150° C. for 30 minutes under microwave irradiation in a heavy walled sealed tube. The reaction mixture was concentrated to produce the crude product that was subjected to purification on HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid (TFA salt) in 53% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=367 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.2 (s, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J1=2.53 and J2=8.89 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J1=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J1=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J1=1.78 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J1=8.08 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.13, (m, 2H), 6.27 (d, J1=1.77 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (t, J1=5.80 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.8 (t, J1=5.80 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 7.2 Preparation of 6-Chloro-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 180) Step A: Preparation of tert-Butyl {2-[2-(4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-({[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)oxy]carbonyl}amino)phenoxy]ethyl}carbamate
  • To a mixture of bis(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl), carbonate (1.410 g, 5.506 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (1.887 g, 4.588 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), at 0° C. dropwise. After addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then it was stirred at 65° C. for 30 min. tert-Butyl {2-[2-(4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-4-({[(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl), oxy]carbonyl}amino), phenoxy]ethyl}carbamate in DMF solution was used into next step without further purification. LCMS m/z (%)=552 (M+H 79Br, 35), 554 (M+H 81Br, 37)
    • Step B: Preparation of 6-Chloro-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 180)
  • A mixture of tert-butyl 2-(4-amino-2-(4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)ethylcarbamate (30 mg, 54 μmol) and 6-chloroindoline (8.3 mg, 54 μmol) in 1 mL of DMF was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then to the mixture was added 1 mL of 2M HCl. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated and the crude product was subjected to purification on HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford yellow oil in 20.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=492 (M+H 35Cl79Br, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ ppm 3.1 (m, 4H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 4.1 (m, 3H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 6.8 (dd, J=7.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.1 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.1 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.3 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.6 (dd, J=9.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 7.3 Preparation of 4-Chloro-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 81)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 16.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=492 (M+H 35Cl79Br, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ ppm 3.3 (m, 4H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 3H), 4.3 (dd, J=11.1, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.0 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.4 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.7 (dd, J=8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 7.4 Preparation of 5-Chloro-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 160)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 17.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=492 (M+H 35Cl79Br). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ ppm 3.3 (m, 4H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 3H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 7.1 (dd, J=8.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.4 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 7.9 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 7.5 Preparation of 3,4-Dihydro-2H-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 250)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid. LCMS m/z (%)=471 (M+H).
    • Example 7.6 Preparation of (S)-2-Methoxymethyl-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 149)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 8.51% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=452 (M+).
    • Example 7.7 Preparation of 5-Bromo-2,3-dihydro-indole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 173)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 5.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=536 (M+H 79Br, 100), 538 (M+H 81Br, 98). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 3.3 (m, 4H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.2 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.3 (dd, J=8.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.4 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.7 (dd, J=8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H).
    • Example 7.8 Preparation of Octahydro-quinoline-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 27)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 18.1% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=476 (M+, 98). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.4 (m, 8H), 1.7 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.9 (m, J=14.4, 4.3 Hz, 3H), 3.3 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 3.9 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.3 (dd, J=2.5, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H).
    • Example 7.9 Preparation of Octahydro-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 41)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 21.0% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=476 (M+, 98). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 1.5 (m, 7H), 1.7 (m, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 1.9 (m, 3H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.2 (dd, J=12.6, 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.3 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 3.8 (dd, J=13.1, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.3 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H).
    • Example 7.10 Preparation of 6,7-Dimethoxy-3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 196)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 16.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=530 (M+).
    • Example 7.11 Preparation of 4-Methyl-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 298)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 61.5% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=437 (M+)
    • Example 7.12 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-benzamide (Compound 181)
  • A mixture of N-[4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-benzamide (0.5000 g, 1.195 mmol) and ammonia (0.34 g, 20.0 mmol) in 10 mL of methanol were heated to 150° C. for 30 minutes under microwave irradiation in a heavy walled sealed tube. The reaction mixture was concentrated to produce the crude product that was subjected to purification on HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white TFA solid in 53% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=355 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.3 (s, 1H), 7.85-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J1=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J1=1.78 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J1=8.08 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (d, J, =2.01 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (t, J1=6.06 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.79 (t, J1=6.06 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 7.13 Preparation of 4-(5-Trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl)-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 99)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 25.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=568 (M+, 27). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 3.3 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.7 (dd, J=6.8, 3.3 Hz, 4H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.8 (dd, J=6.1, 3.0 Hz, 4H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 7.0 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.3 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.8 (dd, J=9.1, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.4 (s, 1H).
    • Example 7.14 Preparation of 4-(3,5-Dichloro-pyridin-4-yl)-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 123)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 33.4% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=570 (M+H). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-d4) δ ppm 3.3 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.5 (m, 4H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.2 (dt, J=10.6, 5.6, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.3 (dt, J=11.0, 5.4, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.2 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.3 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 8.4 (s, 2H)
    • Example 7.15 Preparation of 4-Pyridin-2-yl-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 44)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 22.2% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=500 (M+).
    • Example 7.16 Preparation of 4-(2-Methoxy-phenyl)-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 147)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 42.9% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=529 (M+).
    • Example 7.17 Preparation of 4-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 153)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 11.3% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=529 (M+).
    • Example 7.18 Preparation of 2,5-Dihydro-pyrrole-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 164)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a white solid in 43.7% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=406 (M+, 100).
    • Example 7.19 Preparation of 5,6-Dihydro-4H-pyrimidine-1-carboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 329)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 7.2 to give a yellow oil in 27% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=421 (M+).
    • Example 7.20 Preparation of Acetic acid 1-{2-[-(3-methoxy-benzoylamino)-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethylcarbamoyloxy}-ethyl ester (Compound 345)
  • To a mixture of N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide (55 mg, 150.1 μmol) and 1-chloroethyl carbonochloridate (17.99 μl, 165.1 μmol) in dichloromethane was added Proton-Sponge (35.38 mg, 165.1 μmol) in dichloromethane dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours, and then it was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed and 4 mL acetic acid was added. To the mixture was added mercury acetate (47.33 mg, 165.1 μmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (0-50% EtOAc/n-hexane/silica). The product was obtained as white solid in 43% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=497 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.5 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 3H), 2.1 (s, 3H), 2.1 (m, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.1 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 4.9 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 6.3 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.8 (q, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.0 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.1 (m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.5 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (dd, J=8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (s, 1H).
    • Example 7.21 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Hexanoylamino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 346)
  • To a mixture of N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide (0.020 g, 0.15 mmol) and triethylamine (0.038 mL, 0.27 mmol) in dichloromethane was added hexanoyl chloride (50 mg, 0.14 mmol), dropwise at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with water, extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography. (EtOAc/Hexane=50-90%). N-[4-(2-Hexanoylamino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide was obtained as white solid in 43% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=465 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 0.9 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.3 (m, 4H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 2.1 (m, 2H), 3.5 (q, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.0 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 5.5 (m, 1H), 6.3 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.0 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.1 (m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.4 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.6 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.7 (dd, J=8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (s, 1H).
    • Example 7.22 Preparation of {2-[4-(3-Methoxy-benzoylamino)-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid benzyl ester (Compound 347)
  • To a mixture of N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl), phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide (50 mg, 136 μmol) and triethylamine (0.038 mL, 0.27 mmol) in dichloromethane was added benzyl chloroformate (26 mg, 150 μmol), dropwise at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with water, extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography. (EtOAc/Hexane=50-90%). {2-[4-(3-Methoxy-benzoylamino)-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl 1-carbamic acid benzyl ester was obtained as white solid in 37% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=501 (M+H, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 3.5 (q, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.0 (t, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 4.9 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.3 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.0 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.1 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 5H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.7 (dd, J=8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.8 (s, 1H).
    • Example 7.23 Preparation of {2-[4-(3-Methoxy-benzoylamino)-2-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenoxy]-ethyl}-carbamic acid 2-chloro-ethyl ester (Compound 341)
  • To a solution of N-(4-(2-aminoethoxy)-3-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)phenyl)-3-methoxybenzamide (0.5000 g, 1.365 mmol) and N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.2383 mL, 1.365 mmol) in 1 mL of was added dropwise, 2-Chloroethyl chloroformate (0.1951 g, 1.365 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. Ethanol was removed under vacuum and the crude was purified by preparative LCMS (m/z=472). The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as an off-white solid in 38% yield. LCMS m/z (%)=472 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 474 (M+H 37Cl, 40). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.16 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=2.01 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.08 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (bs, 1H), 7.19-7.13, (m, 2H), 5.18 (bt, J=5.80 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (t, J=6.01 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (t, J=4.80 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.65 (t, J1=5.80 Hz, 2H), 3.45 (q, J=11.10 Hz, 2H).
    • Example 7.24 Preparation of Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-amide (Compound 328)
  • A mixture of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-hydroxy-phenyl]-amide (0.500 g, 1.714 mmol), Triphenylphosphine (1.438 g, 5.484 mmol) and ethanolamine (0.3308 g, 5.416 mmol) were taken up in 20 mL of anhydrous THF in a round bottomed flask. To this was added slowly diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (1.08 mL, 5.484 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between aqueous 1N HCl and dichloromethane. The aqueous layer was further extracted with dichloromethane (2×). The aqueous solution was neutralized with 10% NaOH to a pH of 8.0 and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×, 50 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was separated, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to produce the crude product as a hygroscopic solid, that was subjected to purification on HPLC. The proper fractions were collected and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid in 19% yield (TFA salt). LCMS m/z (%)=335 (M+H 35Cl, 100), 337 (M+H 37Cl, 40). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.3 (s, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J1=2.5 and J2=9.01 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J1=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J1=9.09 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.22 (m, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.18 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.70 (m, 1H), 0.8-0.76 (d, J1=6.41 Hz, 4H).
    • Example 8 Preparation of Compounds Example 8.1 Preparation of N-(3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)phenyl)acetamide
  • Cesium carbonate (7.04 g, 21.6 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-methyl-2-nitropropyl methanesulfonate (2.39 g, 12.1 mmol) and N-(4-hydroxy-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl)acetamide (2.00 g, 8.65 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (15 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 160° C. After 2 h, the solvent was evaporated, and the residue was triturated with water. The precipitate was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried in vacuo to afford the product (2.38 g, 83%) as a tan solid. LCMS m/z (%)=333.4 (M+H 100%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.47 (s, 6H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 6.15 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 9.94 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.2 Preparation of 3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline
  • N-Bromosuccinimide (0.931 g, 5.23 mmol) was added to a supension of N-(3-(2-Methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)phenyl)acetamide (1.58 g, 4.75 mmol) in 10 mL of methanol, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. A clear solution was obtained within minutes. After 20 min, a solution of sodium hydroxide (1.14 g, 28.5 mmol) in water (1.00 mL, 55.5 mmol) was added, and the solution was heated to 160° C. for 0.5 hr under microwave irradiation in a heavy walled sealed tube. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted twice with dichloromethane. The extracts were combined, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexanes 1:2, then 1:1) to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (1.07 g, 61%). LCMS m/z (%)=371.0 (M+H 81Br 36%), 369.1 (M+H 79Br 30%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.44 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.81 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=1.52 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.93 (m, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.3 Preparation of N-(3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)phenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide
  • Trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.35 mL, 2.49 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (836 mg, 2.26 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.44 mL, 2.49 mmol) in dichloromethane, and the solution was stirred at room temperature. After 4 h, the solution was diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL) washed with water and dried with sodium sulfate. Flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexanes 1:2) afforded N-(3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)phenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide as a pale yellow foam (889 mg, 1.91 mmol, 85%). LCMS m/z (%)=467.4 (M+H 81Br 26.3%), 465.2 (M+H 79Br 31.5%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 4.00 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J=9.09, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), (100.0%).
    • Example 8.4 Preparation of N-(4-(2-amino-2-methylpropoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide
  • Acetylchloride (1.36 mL, 19.1 mmol) was added slowly to a well-stirred solution of N-(3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)phenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide (889 mg, 1.91 mmol) in methanol (10 mL). Zinc dust (1.25 g, 19.1 mmol) was added in small portions, and the mixture was stirred at 55° C. After 2 h, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and residue was suspended in 1M HCl (10 mL) and covered with ethyl acetate. The mixture was cooled on an ice bath, and ammonium hydroxide was added until all precipitate dissolved. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness to yield N-(4-(2-amino-2-methylpropoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide as a white powder (693 mg, 1.59 mmol, 83%). LCMS m/z (%)=437.3 (M+H 81Br 9.0%), 435.2 (M+H 79Br 14.0%).
    • Example 8.5 Preparation of tert-butyl-1-(4-amino-2-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-methylpropan-2-ylcarbamate
  • Boc-anhydride (459 mg, 2.10 mmol) was added to a mixture of N-(4-(2-amino-2-methylpropoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide (693 mg, 1.59 mmol) and dichloromethane (10 mL) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature. After three days, the solution was diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL) washed with 1M citric acid and water, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was suspended in methanol (10 mL) and a solution of sodium hydroxide (200 mg) in water (0.4 mL) was added, and the mixture was refluxed for 19 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with brine and dried with sodium sulfate. Flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexanes 1:2) afforded tert-butyl-1-(4-amino-2-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-methylpropan-2-ylcarbamate as pale yellow foam (525 mg, 1.22 mmol, 77%). LCMS m/z (%)=537.2 (M+H 81Br 4.9%), 535.2 (M+H 79Br 5.7%).
    • Example 8.6 Preparation of 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline
  • A solution of sodium hydroxide (70 mg, 1.74 mmol) in water (0.15 mL) was added to a suspension of N-(3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)phenyl)acetamide (84 mg, 0.29 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 140° C. in a screw capped vial for 90 min. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and water, the organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness to afford the title compound (62 mg, 0.21 mmol, 74%) as a yellow oil which was used without further purification. LCMS m/z (%)=291.3 (M+H 98%).
    • Example 8.7 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-fluoro-benzamide (Compound 48)
  • 4-Flurobenzoyl chloride (6.63 μL, 0.056 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl (4-amino-2-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenoxy)-2-methylpropan-2-ylcarbamate (0.25 mL of a 0.2M solution in dichloromethane, 0.050 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (13.1 μL, 0.075 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and the reaction vessel was agitated on a mechanical shaker overnight. TFA (0.25 mL) was added, and the reaction vessel was shaken for another 30 min. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo, and the crude product was purified by RP-HPLC and lyophilized to give the title compound as a TFA-salt (26 mg, 92%). LCMS m/z (%)=463.2 (M+H 81Br 43%), 461.2 (M+H 79Br 43%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.09 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.76 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 3H), 7.87 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.93-8.00 (m, 2H), 10.30 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.8 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-fluoro-benzamide (Compound 40)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (21 mg, 73%). LCMS m/z (%)=463.2 (M+H 81Br 51%), 461.2 (M+H 79Br 50%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.10 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.76 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.67-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.72-7.77 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s, 3H), 7.88 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 10.35 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.9 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-fluoro-benzamide (Compound 36)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (27 mg, 92%). LCMS m/z (%)=463.2 (M+H 81Br 45%), 461.2 (M+H 79Br 52%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.09 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.75 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.83 (dd, J=9.09, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 3H), 10.47 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.10 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-phenyl-acetamide (Compound 34)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (26 mg, 90%). LCMS m/z (%)=459.2 (M+H 81Br 57%), 457.2 (M+H 79Br 45%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.77 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=9.35 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.28 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.51 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 3H), 10.29 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.11 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (Compound 188)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (27 mg, 94%). LCMS m/z (%)=445.2 (M+H 81Br 41%), 443.2 (M+H 79Br 39%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.82 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (t, J=7.33 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.84-8.00 (m, 6H), 10.36 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.12 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 135)
  • DMF (10 μL) was added to a mixture of 4-trifluoromethylbenzoic acid (61 mg, 0.32 mmol) and oxalyl chloride (27 μl, 0.32 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 45 min at room temperature. The solution of the crude acid chloride was added to a solution of 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (62 mg, 0.21 mmol) and DIEA (146 μl, 0.84 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 14 h, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 0.5M citric acid and saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was suspended in methanol (1 mL) and acetylchloride (164 μl, 2.3 mmol) was added slowly. A clear solution was obtained. Zinc dust (150 mg, 2.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 55° C. After 2 h, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and diluted with methanol. The precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with methanol. The combined washings were evaporated to dryness. The residue was suspended in 1M HCl, the mixture was cooled on an ice bath, and made alkaline with ammonium hydroxide. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the extract was washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by RP-HPLC. The trifluoroacetate was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate, the organic layer was washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness to afford the free base (53 mg, 0.12 mmol, 57%). LCMS m/z (%)=433.3 (M+H 60.7%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 0.95 (s, 6H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 6.28 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 8.14 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2H), 10.46 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.13 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-chloro-benzamide (Compound 111)
  • 4-Chlorobenzoyl chloride (28 μL, 0.22 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (58 mg, 0.20 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine 0.22 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 0.5M citric acid and saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methanol (0.5 mL) and acetyl chloride (71 μL, 1.0 mmol) was added slowly while stirring. Zinc dust (65 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added in small portions, and the mixture was stirred at 55° C. After 2 h, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, and diluted with methanol. The white precipitate was removed by filtration and washed with methanol. The combined washings were evaporated to dryness. The residue was suspended in 1M HCl, the solution was cooled on an ice bath, and made alkaline with ammonium hydroxide. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the extract was washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by RP-HPLC. The trifluoroacetate salt was dissolved in a mixture of ethyl acetate and saturated sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, and evaporated to dryness to afford the free base. The free base was dissolved in mixture of methanol and acetyl chloride (35 μL, 0.5 mmol) and the solution was evaporated to dryness to give the title compound as a hydrochloride salt (44 mg, 45%). LCMS m/z (%)=401.3 (M+H 37Cl 13.1%), 399.2 (M+H 35Cl 31.8%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.19 (s, 6H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.95-8.01 (m, 2H), 8.03 (s, 3H), 10.39 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.14 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-acetamide (Compound 265)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.13 to give the product (46 mg, 45%). LCMS m/z (%)=415.5 (M+H 37Cl 12.3%), 413.4 (M+H 35Cl 39.4%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.17 (s, 6H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 6.32 (d, J=2.02 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.48 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 3H), 10.34 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.15 Preparation of N-(4-(2-nitro-2-methylpropoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide
  • Cesium carbonate (815 mg, 2.50 mmol) was added to a solution of N-(3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-hydroxyphenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (396 mg, 1.00 mmol) and 2-methyl-2-nitropropyl methanesulfonate (276 mg, 1.40 mmol) in DMA (2.0 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 160° C. After 1 hr, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into water, and the resulting suspension was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-hexanes 1:2) to afford the product (338 mg, 68%) as a yellow oil. LCMS m/z (%)=499.5 (M+H 37Cl 31.5%), 497.4 (M+H 35Cl 100.0%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 1.51 (s, 3H), 1.57 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 4.01 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.65 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 1H), 7.80-7.90 (m, 3H), 8.07 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.16 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 228)
  • Acetyl chloride (97 μl, 1.4 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of N-(4-(2-nitro-2-methylpropoxy)-3-(4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)phenyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide (68 mg, 0.136 mmol) in MeOH (2.0 mL). Zinc dust (89 mg, 1.4 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 23° C. After 1 hr, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken up in ammonium hydroxide (35%), diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was dissolved in methanol, a solution of acetyl chloride (15 μl) in methanol was added, and the solution was evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water-acetonitrile 1:1 and lyophilized to afford the product (57 mg, 83%) as the hydrochloride. LCMS m/z (%)=469.4 (M+H 37Cl 58.9%), 467.4 (M+H 35Cl 83.7%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.87 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 1H), 7.92-8.08 (m, 5H), 8.27 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 10.58 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.17 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-bromo-benzamide (Compound 208)
  • 3-Bromobenzoyl chloride (40.0 mg, 182 μmol) was added to a solution of 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (44.1 mg, 152 μmol) and triethylamine (25.4 μl, 182 μmol) in dichloromethane (500 μl) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1M citric acid, saturated sodium bicarbonate, and water. The extract was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methyl alcohol (800 μl), acetic acid (200 μl, 3464 μmol) was added, followed by zinc dust (99.3 mg, 1519 μmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 h the mixture was made strongly basic with conc. ammonium hydroxide, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LCMS and lyophilized to afford the product as a TFA-salt (66 mg, 97%). LCMS m/z (%)=445.6 (M+H Br81 53.1%), 443.4 (M+H 7981 70.0%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.19 (s, 6H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.71 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.90-7.99 (m, 4H), 8.14 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.18 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-trifluoromethoxy-benzamide (Compound 320)
  • 3-Trifluoromethoxybenzoyl chloride (40.9 mg, 182 μmol) was added to a solution of 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (44.1 mg, 152 μmol) and triethylamine (25.4 μl, 182 μmol) in dichloromethane (500 μl) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1M citric acid, saturated sodium bicarbonate, and water. The extract was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methyl alcohol (800 μl), acetic acid (200 μl, 3464 μmol) was added, followed by zinc dust (99.3 mg, 1519 μmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 h the mixture was made strongly basic with conc. ammonium hydroxide, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LCMS to afford the product as a TFA-salt (59 mg, 87%). LCMS m/z (%)=449.3 (M+H 38.4%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.19 (s, 6H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.66 (m, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.95 (s, 3H), 8.01 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 10.45 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.19 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 308)
  • 3-Trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (38.0 mg, 182 μmol) was added to a solution of 3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (44.1 mg, 152 μmol) and triethylamine (25.4 μl, 182 μmol) in dichloromethane (500 μl) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1M citric acid, saturated sodium bicarbonate, and water. The extract was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methyl alcohol (800 μl), acetic acid (200 μl, 3464 μmol) was added, followed by zinc dust (99.3 mg, 1519 μmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 h the mixture was made strongly basic with conc. ammonium hydroxide, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LCMS to afford the product as a TFA-salt (51 mg, 77%). LCMS m/z (%)=433.3 (M+H 62.1%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.20 (s, 6H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 6.37 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 3H), 7.96-8.01 (m, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 10.53 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.20 Preparation of 4-Acetylamino-N-[4-(2-amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-benzamide (Compound 287)
  • 4-Acetamidobenzoyl chloride (11 mg, 0.06 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (18 mg, 0.05 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (10 μl, 0.06 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the solution was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid and saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methanol (0.5 mL). Acetic acid (0.1 mL) was added followed by zinc dust (33 mg) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 4 h, the suspension was made basic with ammonium hydroxide and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were evaporated to dryness, purified by preparative LCMS and lyophilized to give the product (5.6 mg, 22%) as a TFA-salt. LCMS m/z (%)=502.3 (M+H 81Br 42.9%), 500.4 (M+H 79Br 52.1%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.82 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 2H), 7.85-7.91 (m, 3H), 7.91 (d, J=8.84 Hz, 2H), 7.95 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 10.22 (s, 1H), 10.23 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.21 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-bromo-benzamide (Compound 281)
  • 3-Bromobenzoyl chloride (12 mg, 0.06 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (18 mg, 0.05 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (10 μl, 0.06 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the solution was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid and saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methanol (0.5 mL). Acetic acid (0.1 mL) was added followed by zinc dust (33 mg) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 4 h, the suspension was made basic with ammonium hydroxide and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were evaporated to dryness, purified by preparative LCMS and lyophilized to give the product (24 mg, 91%) as a TFA-salt. LCMS m/z (%)=525.5 (M+H 81Br2 34.2%), 523.3 (M+H79Br81Br 100.0%), 521.4 (M+H 79Br2 12.6%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.83 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (t, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.78-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.84-7.92 (m, 3H), 7.92-7.98 (m, 2H), 8.14 (t, J=1.77 Hz, 1H), 10.44 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.22 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-trifluoromethoxy-benzamide (Compound 275)
  • 3-Trifluoromethoxybenzoyl chloride (12 mg, 0.06 mmol) was added to a solution of 3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (18 mg, 0.05 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (10 μl, 0.06 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the solution was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid and saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methanol (0.5 mL). Acetic acid (0.1 mL) was added followed by zinc dust (33 mg) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 4 h, the suspension was made basic with ammonium hydroxide and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were evaporated to dryness, purified by preparative LCMS and lyophilized to give the product (21 mg, 81%) as a TFA-salt. LCMS m/z (%)=529.3 (M+H 81Br 76.1%), 527.5 (M+H 79Br 64.8%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.84 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.73 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.93 (m, 4H), 7.95 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J=7.83 Hz, 1H), 10.48 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.23 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 89)
  • A solution of 3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (17 μl, 0.11 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (21 μl, 0.12 mmol) and 3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (37 mg, 0.10 mmol) in 0.5 mL of dichloromethane was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h the solution was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid and saturated sodium bicarbonate, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken up in methanol (0.4 mL), acetic acid (114 μl, 2.0 mmol) was added followed by zinc dust (65 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h the mixture was made strongly basic with conc ammonium hydroxide, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with brine, dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LCMS and lyophilized to afford the product (46 mg, 74%) as a TFA-salt. LCMS m/z (%)=513.5 (M+H 81Br 71.7%), 511.3 (M+H 79Br 82.9%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.84 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (t, J=7.71 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.94 (m, 3H), 7.94-8.01 (m, 2H), 8.26 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 10.57 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.24 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethyl-benzamide (Compound 69)
  • HATU (53.2 mg, 0.140 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-trifluoromethyl-benzoic acid (26.6 mg, 0.140 mmol) and triethylamine (0.0279 mL, 0.200 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.4 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 15 min, a solution of 3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-(2-methyl-2-nitropropoxy)aniline (36.9 mg, 0.100 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.4 mL) was added and stirring was continued at room temperature. After 2 hr, the mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, and washed with 1M citric acid, saturated sodium bicarbonate, and water. The extract was evaporated to dryness, and the residue was dissolved in methanol (1 mL). Acetic acid (1.00 mL, 17.5 mmol) was added followed by zinc dust (65.4 mg, 1.00 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 18 h the mixture was made strongly basic with conc. ammonium hydroxide, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LCMS.
  • The product containing fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to one third of the original volume. The solution was made alkaline with 5M sodium hydroxide, and the free base was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in a solution of acetyl chloride (14.8 μl, 207 μmol) in methanol (1 mL), the solution was evaporated to dryness, and the product was dried in vacuo over KOH. The residue was dissolved in 50% acetonitrile and lyophilized to give the hydrochloride salt (27 mg, 49%). LCMS m/z (%)=513.4 (M+H 81Br 55.6%), 511.4 (M+H 79Br 66.2%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.84 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=9.35 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.90-8.02 (m, 6H), 8.15 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 2H), 10.58 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.25 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 54)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (25 mg, 82%). LCMS m/z (%)=475.3 (M+H 81Br 64%), 473.4 (M+H 79Br 71%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.09 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.75 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.92 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.59 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.93 (m, 6H), 10.13 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.26 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 335)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (27 mg, 88%). LCMS m/z (%)=475.4 (M+H 81Br 67%), 473.5 (M+H 79Br 72%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.10 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.72-3.80 (m, 4H), 3.92 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J=8.34, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (s, 3H), 7.88 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 10.25 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.27 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-2-methoxy-benzamide (Compound 323)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (25 mg, 82%). LCMS m/z (%)=475.4 (M+H 81Br 49%), 473.5 (M+H 79Br 78%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.09 (s, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.74 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.91 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (t, J=7.45 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=8.34 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J=7.58, 1.77 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 3H), 7.85 (dd, J=9.09, 2.53 Hz, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.28 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-chloro-benzamide (Compound 177)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (24 mg, 82%). LCMS m/z (%)=481.4 (M+H 81Br37Cl 25%), 479.1 (M+H 81Br37Cl and 79Br35Cl 100%), 473.5 (M+H79Br35Cl 70%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.83 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 3.99 (d, J=9.85 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 3H), 7.95 (dd, J=9.09, 2.78 Hz, 1H), 7.97-8.00 (m, J=8.59 Hz, 2H), 10.42 (s, 1H).
    • Example 8.29 Preparation of N-[4-(2-Amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-chloro-benzamide (Compound 159)
  • The title compound was prepared in a similar manner as described in Example 8.7 to give the product as a TFA-salt (20 mg, 80%). LCMS m/z (%)=481.1 (M+H 81Br37Cl 22%), 479.1 (M+H 81Br37Cl and 79Br35Cl 100%), 473.5 (M+H79Br35Cl 67%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ ppm 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.83 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (d, J=9.60 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J=9.09 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=7.96 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.69 (m, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=2.53 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J=8.97, 2.65 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (s, 3H), 8.01 (t, J=1.89 Hz, 1H), 10.46 (s, 1H).
    • Example 9 Receptor Expression
  • A. pCMV
  • Although a variety of expression vectors are available to those in the art, it is preferred that the vector utilized be pCMV. This vector was deposited with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) on Oct. 13, 1998 (10801 University Blvd., Manassas, Va. 20110-2209 USA) under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty for the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purpose of Patent Procedure. The DNA was tested by the ATCC and determined to be viable. The ATCC has assigned the following deposit number to pCMV: ATCC #203351.
  • B. Transfection Procedure
  • For the IP accumulation assay (Example 10), HEK293 cells were transfected while for the DOI binding assay (Example 11) COS7 cells were transfected. Several protocols well known in the art can be used to transfect cells. The following protocol is representative of the transfection procedures used herein for COS7 or 293 cells.
  • On day one, COS-7 cells were plated onto 24 well plates, usually 1×105 cells/well or 2×105 cells/well, respectively. On day two, the cells were transfected by first mixing 0.25 μg cDNA in 50 μL serum-free DMEM/well and then 2 μl lipofectamine in 50 μL serum-free DMEM/well. The solutions (“transfection media”) were gently mixed and incubated for 15-30 minutes at room temperature. The cells were washed with 0.5 mL PBS and then 400 μL of serum free media was mixed with the transfection media and added to the cells. The cells were then incubated for 3-4 hours at 37° C./5% CO2. Then the transfection media was removed and replaced with 1 mL/well of regular growth media.
  • For 293 cells, on day one, 13×106 293 cells per 150 mm plate were plated out. On day two, 2 mL of serum OptimemI (Invitrogen Corporation) was added per plate followed by addition of 60 μL of lipofectamine and 16 μg of cDNA. Note that lipofectamine must be added to the OptimemI and mixed well before addition of cDNA. While complexes between lipofectamine and the cDNA are forming, media was carefully aspirated and cells were gently rinsed with 5 mL of OptimemI media followed by careful aspiration. Then 12 mL of OptimemI was added to each plate and 2 mL of transfection solution was added followed by a 5 hour incubation at 37° C. in a 5% CO2 incubator. Plates were then carefully aspirated and 25 mL of Complete Media were added to each plate and cells were then incubated until used.
    • Example 10 Inositol Phosphate (IP) Accumulation Assays
  • A. 5-HT2A Receptor
  • Compounds of the invention are tested for their ability to activate a 5-HT2A receptor clone using an IP accumulation assay. Briefly, HEK293 cells are transiently transfected with a pCMV expression vector containing a human 5-HT2A receptor (for the sequence of the receptor see U.S. Pat. No. 6,541,209, SEQ ID NO:24) as described in Example 9. An IP accumulation assay is performed as described below.
  • B. Constitutively Active 5-HT2A Receptor
  • Compounds of the invention are tested for their ability to inhibit a constitutively active 5-HT2A receptor clone using an IP accumulation assay. Briefly, 293 cells are transiently transfected with a pCMV expression vector containing a constitutively active human 5-HT2A receptor (for the sequence of the receptor see U.S. Pat. No. 6,541,209, SEQ ID NO:30) as described in Example 9. The constitutively active human 5-HT2A receptor contained the human 5-HT2A receptor described in part A except that intracellular loop 3 (IC3) and the cytoplamic tail are replaced by the corresponding human INI 5-HT2C cDNA. An IP accumulation assay is performed as described below.
  • C. IP Accumulation Assay Protocol
  • On the day after transfections, media is removed and the cells are washed with 5 mL PBS followed by careful aspiration. Cells are then trypsinized with 2 mL of 0.05% trypsin for 20-30 seconds followed by addition of 10 mL of warmed media, gently titurated to dissociate cells, and an additional 13 mL of warmed media is gently added. Cells are then counted and 55,000 cells are added to 96-well sterile poly-D-lysine treated plates. Cells are allowed to attach over a six hour incubation at 37° C. in a 5% CO2 incubator. Media is then carefully aspirated and 100 μL of warm inositol-free media plus 0.5 μCi 3H-inositol is added to each well and the plates are incubated for 18-20 hours at 37° C. in a 5% CO2 incubator.
  • On the next day, media is carefully aspirated and then 0.1 mL of assay medium is added containing inositol-free/serum free media, 10 μM pargyline, 10 mM lithium chloride, and test compound at indicated concentrations. The plates are then incubated for three hours at 37° C. and then wells are carefully aspirated. Then 200 μL of ice-cold 0.1M formic acid is added to each well. Plates can then be frozen at this point at −80° C. until further processed. Frozen plates are then thawed over the course of one hour, and the contents of the wells (approximately 220 μL) are placed over 400 μL of washed ion-exchange resin (AG 1-X8) contained in a Multi Screen Filtration plate and incubated for 10 minutes followed by filtration under vacuum pressure. Resin is then washed nine times with 200 μL of water and then tritiated inositol phosphates (IP, IP2, and IP3) are eluted into a collecting plate by the addition of 200 μl of 1M ammonium formate and an additional 10 minute incubation. The elutant is then transferred to 20 mL scintillation vials, 8 mL of SuperMix or Hi-Safe scintillation cocktails is added, and vials are counted for 0.5-1 minutes in a Wallac 1414 scintilation counter.
    • Example 11 Binding Assays
  • Compounds of the invention were tested for their ability to bind to a 5-HT2A receptor clone membrane preparation using a radioligand binding assay. Briefly, COS cells were transiently transfected with a pCMV expression vector containing a human 5-HT2A receptor (for the sequence of the receptor see U.S. Pat. No. 6,541,209, SEQ ID NO:24) as described in Example 9.
  • A. Preparation of Crude Membrane Preparations for Radioligand Binding Assays
  • COS7 cells transfected with recombinant human 5-HT2A receptors were cultured for 48 hr post transfection, collected, washed with ice-cold phosphate buffered saline, pH7.4 (PBS), and then centrifuged at 48,000×g for 20 min at 4° C. The cell pellet was then resuspended in wash buffer containing 20 mM HEPES pH 7.4 and 0.1 mM EDTA, homogenized on ice using a Brinkman polytron, and recentrifuged at 48,000×g for 20 min at 4° C. The resultant pellet was then resuspended in 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, homogenized on ice, and centrifuged (48,000×g for 20 min at 4° C.). Crude membrane pellets were stored at −80° C. until used for radioligand binding assays.
  • B. [125I]DOI Radioligand Binding Assay
  • Radioligand binding assays for human 5-HT2A receptor was conducted using the 5-HT2 agonist [125I]DOI as radioligand. To define nonspecific binding, 10 μM DOI was used for all assays. For competitive binding studies, 0.5 nM [125I]DOI was used and compounds were assayed over a range of 0.01 nM to 10 μM. Assays were conducted in a total volume of 200 μl in 96-well Perkin Elmer GF/C filter plates in assay buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 0.5 mM EDTA, 5 mM MgCl2, and 10 μM pargyline). Assay incubations were performed for 60 min at room temperature and were terminated by rapid filtration under vacuum pressure of the reaction mixture over Whatman GF/C glass fiber filters presoaked in 0.5% PEI using a Brandell cell harvestor. Filters were then washing several times with ice-cold wash buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4). Plates were then dried at room temperature and counted in a Wallac microBeta scintillation counter. Certain compounds of the present invention and their corresponding activity values are shown in the following table.
  • Compound No. IC50 DOI Binding Assay (nM)
    32 0.025
    303 0.26
    197 1.0
    77 1.2
    106 91.0

    Certain other compounds of the invention had activity values ranging from about 10 μM to about 0.03 nM in this assay.
    • Example 12 In Vitro Human Platelet Aggregation Assays
  • Compounds of the invention were tested for their ability to aggregate human platelets. Aggregation assays were performed using a Chrono-Log Optical aggregometer model 410. Human blood (˜100 mL) was collected from human donors into glass Vacutainers containing 3.8% sodium citrate (light blue tops) at room temperature. Platelet rich plasma (PRP) was isolated via centrifugation at 100 g for 15 min at room temperature. After removal of the aqueous PRP layer, the platelet poor plasma (PPP) was prepared via high speed centrifugation at 2400 g for 20 min Platelets were counted and their concentration was set to 250,000 cells/μl by dilution with PPP. Aggregation assays were conducted according to the manufacturer's specifications. Briefly, a suspension of 450 μl PRP was stirred in a glass cuvette (1200 rpm) and, after baseline was established, 1 μM ADP followed by either saline or 1 μM 5HT and compound of interest (at desired concentrations) were added and the aggregation response recorded. The concentration of ADP used causes approximately 10-20% of maximal aggregation. The 5-HT concentration corresponded to the concentration which produced maximal potentiation. Percent inhibition of aggregation was calculated from the maximum decrease in optical density of the controls and of the samples containing inhibitors. Only the synergistic effect was assessed. Certain compounds of the invention had activity values ranging from about 10 μM to about 2.0 nM in this assay.
    • Example 13 Efficacy of Compounds of the Invention in the Attenuation of DOI-Induced Hypolocomotion in Rats
  • In this example, compounds of the invention can be tested for inverse agonist activity by determining whether these compounds could attenuate DOI-induced hypolocomotion in rats in a novel environment. DOI is a potent 5-HT2A/2C receptor agonist that crosses the blood-brain barrier. The standard protocol used is described briefly below.
    • Animals
  • Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing between 200-300 g are used for all tests. Rats are housed three to four per cage. These rats are naïve to experimental testing and drug treatment. Rats are handled one to three days before testing to acclimate them to experimental manipulation. Rats are fasted overnight prior to testing.
    • Compounds:
  • (R)-DOI HCl (C11H16INO2HCl) can be obtained from Sigma-Aldrich, and is dissolved in 0.9% saline. Compounds of the invention are dissolved in 100% PEG400. DOI is injected s.c. in a volume of 1 mL/kg, while compounds of the invention are administered p.o. in a volume of 2 mL/kg.
    • Procedure:
  • The “Motor Monitor” (Hamilton-Kinder, Poway, Calif.) is used for all activity measurement. This apparatus recorded rears using infrared photobeams.
  • Locomotor activity testing is conducted during the light cycle (0630-1830) between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Animals are allowed 30 min acclimation to the testing room before testing began.
  • In determining the effects of compounds of the invention on DOI-induced hypoactivity, animals are first injected with vehicle or the compound of the invention (50 mmol/kg) in their home cages. Sixty minutes later, saline or DOI (0.3 mg/kg salt) is injected. 10 min after DOI administration, animals are placed into the activity apparatus and rearing activity is measured for 10 minutes.
    • Statistics and Results:
  • Results (total rears over 10 minutes) are analyzed by t-test. P<0.05 is considered significant.
    • Example 14 In Vitro Binding of 5-HT2A Receptor Animals:
  • Animals (Sprague-Dawley rats) are sacrificed and brains are rapidly dissected and frozen in isopentane maintained at −42° C. Horizontal sections are prepared on a cryostat and maintained at −20° C.
    • LSD Displacement Protocol:
  • Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) is a potent 5-HT2A receptor and dopamine D2 receptor ligand. An indication of the selectivity of compounds for either or both of these receptors involves displacement of radiolabeled-bound LSD from pre-treated brain sections. For these studies, radiolabeled 125I-LSD (NEN Life Sciences, Boston, Mass., Catalogue number NEX-199) can be utilized; spiperone (RBI, Natick, Mass. Catalogue number s-128) a 5-HT2A receptor and dopamine D2 receptor antagonist, can also utilized. Buffer consists of 50 nanomolar TRIS-HCl, pH 7.4.
  • Brain sections are incubated in (a) Buffer plus 1 nanomolar 125I-LSD; (b) Buffer plus 1 nanomolar 125I-LSD and 1 micromolar spiperone; or Buffer plus 1 nanomolar 125I-LSD and 1 micromolar Compound of interest for 30 minutes at room temperature. Sections are then washed 2×10 minutes at 4° C. in Buffer, followed by 20 seconds in distilled H2O. Slides are then air-dried.
  • After drying, sections are apposed to x-ray film (Kodak Hyperfilm) and exposed for 4 days.
    • Example 15 Serotonin 5-HT2A Receptor Occupancy Studies in Monkey
  • In this example, the 5-HT2A receptor occupancy of a compound of the invention can be measured. The study can be carried out in rhesus monkeys using PET and 18F-altanserin.
    • Radioligand:
  • The PET radioligand used for the occupancy studies is 18F-altanserin. Radiosynthesis of 18F-altanserin is achieved in high specific activities and is suitable for radiolabeling 5-HT2A receptors in vivo (see Staley et al., Nucl. Med. Biol., 28:271-279 (2001) and references cited within). Quality control issues (chemical and radiochemical purity, specific activity, stability etc) and appropriate binding of the radioligand are verified in rat brain slices prior to use in PET experiments.
    • Drug Doses and Formulations:
  • Briefly, the radiopharmaceutical is dissolved in sterile 0.9% saline, pH approx 6-7. The compounds of the invention are dissolved in 60% PEG 400-40% sterile saline on the same day of the PET experiment.
  • Serotonin 5-HT2A occupancy studies in humans have been reported for M100,907 (Grunder et al., Neuropsychopharmacology, 17:175-185 (1997), and Talvik-Lofti et al., Psychopharmacology, 148:400-403 (2000)). High occupancies of the 5-HT2A receptors have been reported for various oral doses (doses studied ranged from 6 to 20 mg). For example, an occupancy of >90% was reported for a dose of 20 mg (Talvik-Lofti et al., supra), which translates to approx. 0.28 mg/kg. It may therefore be anticipated that an i.v. dose of 0.1 to 0.2 mg/kg of M100,907 is likely to provide high receptor occupancy. A 0.5 mg/kg dose of a Compound of the invention can be used in these studies.
    • PET Experiments:
  • The monkey is anesthetized by using ketamine (10 mg/kg) and is maintained using 0.7 to 1.25% isoflurane. Typically, the monkey has two i.v. lines, one on each arm. One i.v. line is used to administer the radioligand, while the other line is used to draw blood samples for pharmacokinetic data of the radioligand as well as the cold drugs. Generally, rapid blood samples are taken as the radioligand is administered which then taper out by the end of the scan. A volume of approximately 1 mL of blood is taken per time point, which is spun down, and a portion of the plasma is counted for radioactivity in the blood.
  • An initial control study is carried out in order to measure baseline receptor densities. PET scans on the monkey are separated by at least two weeks. Unlabeled Compound of the invention is administered intravenously, dissolved in 80% PEG 400:40% sterile saline.
    • PET Data Analysis:
  • PET data are analyzed by using cerebellum as the reference region and using the distribution volume region (DVR) method. This method has been applied for the analysis of 18F-altanserin PET data in nonhuman primate and human studies (Smith et al., Synapse, 30:380-392 (1998).
    • Example 16 The Effect of Compounds of the Invention and Zolpidem on Delta Power in Rats
  • In this example, the effect of Compounds of the invention on sleep and wakefullness can be compared to the reference drug zolpidem. Drugs are administered during the middle of the light period (inactivity period).
  • Briefly, Compounds of the invention are tested for their effects on sleep parameters and are compared to zolpidem (5.0 mg/kg, Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.) and vehicle control (80% Tween 80, Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.). A repeated measures design is employed in which each rat is to receive seven separate dosings via oral gavage. The first and seventh dosings are vehicle and the second through sixth are the test compounds and zolpidem given in counter-balanced order. Since all dosings are administered while the rats are connected to the recording apparatus, 60% CO2/40% O2 gas is employed for light sedation during the oral gavage process. Rats are fully recovered within 60 seconds following the procedure. A minimum of three days elapses between dosings. In order to test the effect of the compounds on sleep consolidation, dosing occurs during the middle of the rats' normal inactive period (6 hours following lights on). Dosing typically occurs between 13:15 and 13:45 using a 24 hour notation. All dosing solutions are made fresh on the day of dosing. Following each dosing, animals are continuously recorded until lights out the following day (˜30 hours).
    • Animal Recording and Surgical Procedures:
  • Animals are housed in a temperature controlled recording room under a 12/12 light/dark cycle (lights on at 7:00 am) and have food and water available ad libitum. Room temperature (24±2° C.), humidity (50±20% relative humidity) and lighting conditions are monitored continuously via computer. Drugs are administered via oral gavage as described above, with a minimum of three days between dosings Animals are inspected daily in accordance with NIH guidelines.
  • Eight male Wistar rats (300+25 g; Charles River, Wilmington, Mass.) are prepared with chronic recording implants for continuous electroencephalograph (EEG) and electromyograph (EMG) recordings. Under isoflurane anesthesia (1-4%), the fur is shaved from the top of the skull and the skin was disinfected with Betadine and alcohol. A dorsal midline incision is made, the temporalis muscle retracted, and the skull cauterized and thoroughly cleaned with a 2% hydrogen peroxide solution. Stainless steel screws (#000) are implanted into the skull and served as epidural electrodes. EEG electrodes are positioned bilaterally at +2.0 mm AP from bregma and 2.0 mm ML and at −6.0 mm AP and 3.0 mm ML. Multi-stranded twisted stainless steel wire electrodes are sutured bilaterally in the neck muscles for recording of the EMG. EMG and EEG electrodes are soldered to a head plug connector that was affixed to the skull with dental acrylic. Incisions are closed with suture (silk 4-0) and antibiotics administered topically. Pain is relieved by a long-lasting analgesic (Buprenorphine) administered intramuscularly once post-operatively. Post-surgery, each animal is placed in a clean cage and observed until it is recovered. Animals are permitted a minimum of one week post-operative recovery before study.
  • For sleep recordings, animals are connected via a cable and a counter-balanced commutator to a Neurodata model 15 data collection system (Grass-Telefactor, West Warwick, R.I.). The animals are allowed an acclimation period of at least 48 hours before the start of the experiment and are connected to the recording apparatus continuously throughout the experimental period except to replace damaged cables. The amplified EEG and EMG signals are digitized and stored on a computer using SleepSign software (Kissei Comtec, Irvine Calif.).
    • Data Analysis:
  • EEG and EMG data are scored visually in 10 second epochs for waking (W), REMS, NREMS. Scored data are analyzed and expressed as time spent in each state per half hour. Sleep bout length and number of bouts for each state are calculated in hourly bins. A “bout” consists of a minimum of two consecutive epochs of a given state. EEG delta power (0.5-3.5 Hz) within NREMS is also analyzed in hourly bins. The EEG spectra during NREMS are obtained offline with a fast Fourier transform algorithm on all epochs without artifact. The delta power is normalized to the average delta power in NREMS between 23:00 and 1:00, a time when delta power is normally lowest.
  • Data are analyzed using repeated measures ANOVA. Light phase and dark phase data are analyzed separately. Both the treatment effect within each rat and the time by treatment effect within each rat is analyzed. Since two comparisons are made, a minimum value of P<0.025 is required for post hoc analysis. When statistical significance is found from the ANOVAs, t-tests are performed comparing all compounds to vehicle and the test compounds to zolpidem.
    • Example 17 Efficacy of Compounds of the Invention in the Inhibition of JC Virus Infection of Human Glial Cells
  • A compound of the invention can be shown to inhibit JC virus infection of human glial cells using the in vitro model of Elphick et al. [Science (2004) 306:1380-1383], essentially as described briefly here.
  • Cells and JC Virus
  • The human glial cell line SVG (or a suitable subclone thereof, such as SVG-A) is used for these experiments. SVG is a human glial cell line established by transformation of human fetal glial cells by an origin defective SV40 mutant [Major et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1985) 82:1257-1261]. SVG cells are cultured in Eagle's minimum essential medium (Mediatech Inc., Herndon, Va.) supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum, and kept in a humidified 37° C. 5% CO2 incubator.
  • The Mad-1/SVEΔ strain of JC virus [Vacante et al., Virology (1989) 170:353-361] is used for these experiments. While the host range of JC virus is typically limited to growth in human fetal glial cells, the host range of Mad-1/SVEΔ extends to human kidney and monkey cell types. Mad-1/SVEΔ is propagated in HEK cells. Virus titer is measured by hemagglutination of human type O erythrocytes.
  • Assay for Inhibition of JC Virus Infection
  • SVG cells growing on coverslips are pre-incubated at 37° C. for 45 min with or without the compound of the invention diluted in media containing 2% FCS. By way of illustration and not limitation, the compound of the invention is used at a concentration of about 1 nM to about 100 μM, at a concentration of about 10 nM to about 100 μM, at a concentration of about 1 nM to about 10 μM, or at a concentration of about 10 nM to about 10 μM.
  • JC virus (Mad-1/SVEΔ) is then added at an MOI of 1.0 and the cells are incubated for 1 hr at 37° C. in the continued presence of the compound of the invention. The cells are then washed 3× in PBS and fed with growth media containing the compound of the invention. At 72 hr post-infection, V antigen positive cells are scored by indirect immunofluorescence (see below). Controls include the addition of the compound of the invention at 24 and 48 h post-infection. The percentage of infected cells in untreated cultures is set at 100%.
  • Indirect Immunofluorescence
  • For indirect immunofluorescence analysis of V antigen expression, SVG cells growing on coverslips are fixed in ice cold acetone. To detect V antigen expression, the cells are then incubated for 30 min at 37° C. with a 1:10 dilution of hybridoma supernatant from PAB597. The PAB597 hybridoma produces a monoclonal antibody against the SV40 capsid protein VP1 which has been shown to cross-react with JC virus VP1. The cells are then washed and incubated with goat anti-mouse Alexa Fluor 488 secondary antibody for an additional 30 min After a final wash, the cells are counterstained with 0.05% Evan's blue, mounted onto glass slides using 90% glycerol in PBS and visualized on Nikon E800 epifluorescent scope. Images are captured using a Hamamatsu digital camera and analyzed using Improvision software.
    • Example 18 In Vitro Dog Platelet Aggregation Assays
  • Approximately 50 mL of blood is pooled from 3 male beagles. The protocol for analyzing the effects of compounds on platelet aggregation are identical to those used for human platelets (see Example 12, supra) except 5 μM ADP and 2 μM 5-HT were used to stimulate amplification of platelet aggregation.
    • Example 19 Ex-Vivo Dog Whole Blood Aggregation
  • One hour following PO dosing with a test compound whole blood was collected from male beagle dogs in a 5 mL vacutainer with exogenous heparin (5 U/mL) added to vacutainer. Aggregation studies were evaluated by using whole blood Aggregometer (Chronolog Corp.). Briefly, whole blood (400 uL) was added to saline (600 uL) with constant stirring and activated with 5 ug of Collagen (Chronolog Corp.). The serotonin response was obtained by adding 5-HT (Sigma) to final concentration of 2.5 μM. Results: Selected compounds were tested for antiplatelet aggregation activity after single bolus oral dosing. The dose that afforded maximal inhibition of 5-HT amplified platelet aggregation was identified and used for comparison.
    • Example 20 Rat In Vivo Thrombosis, Bleeding, Aggregation, PK Assay Thrombosis Formation and Bleeding Time:
  • This model concomitantly measures thrombus formation, bleeding time, platelet aggregation and drug exposure in a single live dosed rat. Test compounds are administered to male rats (weighing 250-350 g) via PO injection at varying concentrations depending on compound potency ranging from 1 mpk-100 mpk. Animals are then anesthetized using Nembutal approximately 30 min post PO. Once the animal is fully anesthetized using approved surgical techniques the animal's right femoral artery is isolated in 2 different sections approximately 4-6 mm in length, one area for probe placement and one for Ferric Chloride patch positioning. The artery is then allowed to stabilize to allow recovery from the surgery. During stabilization the animal is then intubated and placed on a ventilator (Harvard Apparatus, Inc.) at 75 strokes/min with a volume of 2.5 cubic cm. Following intubation and after stabilization a micro arterial probe (Transonic Systems, Inc) is then placed on the distal isolated femoral artery. Once the probe is in place the flow is monitored using a Powerlab recording system (AD Instruments) to monitor rate of pulsatile flow. A small piece of filter paper soaked in 30% ferric chloride is placed on the area of the artery upstream of the probe for 10 min. After 5 min of Ferric Choloride patch placement the last 3 mm of the rat's tail is removed. The tail is then placed in a saline filled glass vial at 37 degree and the time it took for bleeding to stop is recorded. After the Ferric chloride patch is removed the flow is recorded until the artery is occluded and time to occlusion is recorded.
    • Whole Blood Aggregation and PK:
  • Following measurement of bleeding and time to occlusion 5 mL of blood is obtained for ex-vivo aggregation analysis by cardiac puncture in heparin (5 U/mL). An additional 500 μL of blood is collected in a separate vacutainer for PK analysis (plasma drug concentration). Ex-vivo aggregation studies are evaluated by using whole blood Aggregometer (Chronolog Corp.). Briefly, whole blood (400 μL) is added to saline (600 μL) with constant stirring and activated with 2.55 μg of Collagen (Chronolog Corp.). The serotonin response is obtained by adding 5-HT (Sigma) to final concentration of 2.5 μM. Results: Test compounds or reference compounds with acceptable levels of binding to rat 5-HT2A receptors are evaluated for effects of thrombus formation, bleeding and platelet activity in a single model. This allows for the most accurate demonstration of separation of the test compound effects on platelet mediated thrombus formation from effects on bleeding.
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize that various modifications, additions, substitutions, and variations to the illustrative examples set forth herein can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and are, therefore, considered within the scope of the invention. All documents referenced above, including, but are not limited to, printed publications, and provisional and regular patent applications, are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

Claims (17)

1.-52. (canceled)
53. A method for modulating an activity of a 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an isolated compound that is N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
54. A method for treating a 5-HT2A associated disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an isolated compound that is N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
55. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is a sleep disorder.
56. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy.
57. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is hypertension.
58. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is pain.
59. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is claudication.
60. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is peripheral artery disease.
61. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is vasoconstriction.
62. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is vasospasm.
63. The method according to claim 54, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is thrombosis.
64. A method for reducing platelet aggregation in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an isolated compound that is N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
65. The method of claim 64, wherein the individual has coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, atrial fibrillation, or a symptom of any of the foregoing.
66. The method according to claim 65, wherein said 5-HT2A mediated disorder is stroke.
67. A method for reducing risk of blood clot formation in an angioplasty or coronary bypass surgery patient, or a patient suffering from atrial fibrillation, comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an isolated compound that is N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
68. A method for treating a 5-HT2A serotonin receptor associated disorder in an individual comprising administering to the individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an isolated compound that is N-[4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-3-(2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-methoxy-benzamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
US14/634,218 2006-05-18 2015-02-27 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto Abandoned US20150265576A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/634,218 US20150265576A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2015-02-27 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US15/236,722 US9987252B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2016-08-15 Primary amines and derivitves thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US15/963,635 US20190070149A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2018-04-26 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US80179906P 2006-05-18 2006-05-18
PCT/US2007/011834 WO2007136703A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2007-05-17 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US30117209A 2009-02-02 2009-02-02
US13/417,028 US8664258B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2012-03-09 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US14/166,511 US9328107B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2014-01-28 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US14/634,218 US20150265576A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2015-02-27 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/166,511 Continuation US9328107B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2014-01-28 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/236,722 Continuation US9987252B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2016-08-15 Primary amines and derivitves thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20150265576A1 true US20150265576A1 (en) 2015-09-24

Family

ID=38513741

Family Applications (7)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/301,172 Ceased US8148417B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2007-05-17 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US14/091,946 Active 2028-08-14 USRE45336E1 (en) 2006-05-18 2007-05-17 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US13/417,028 Active US8664258B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2012-03-09 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US14/166,511 Active 2027-11-03 US9328107B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2014-01-28 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US14/634,218 Abandoned US20150265576A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2015-02-27 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US15/236,722 Active US9987252B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2016-08-15 Primary amines and derivitves thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US15/963,635 Abandoned US20190070149A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2018-04-26 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/301,172 Ceased US8148417B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2007-05-17 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US14/091,946 Active 2028-08-14 USRE45336E1 (en) 2006-05-18 2007-05-17 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US13/417,028 Active US8664258B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2012-03-09 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US14/166,511 Active 2027-11-03 US9328107B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2014-01-28 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/236,722 Active US9987252B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2016-08-15 Primary amines and derivitves thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US15/963,635 Abandoned US20190070149A1 (en) 2006-05-18 2018-04-26 Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (7) US8148417B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2018371B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5406018B2 (en)
ES (1) ES2536762T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1121448A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2007136703A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9987252B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2018-06-05 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Primary amines and derivitves thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Families Citing this family (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EA009732B1 (en) 2003-07-22 2008-02-28 Арена Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Diaryl and arylheteroaryl urea derivatives as modulators of the 5-htserotonin receptor useful for the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
ATE548353T1 (en) * 2004-03-23 2012-03-15 Arena Pharm Inc METHOD FOR PRODUCING SUBSTITUTED N-ARYL-N'-Ä3-(1H-PYRAZOLE-5-YL)PHENYLÜ-UREAS AND INTERMEDIATE THEREOF.
PE20061130A1 (en) 2004-11-19 2007-01-05 Arena Pharm Inc 3-PHENYL-PIRAZOLE DERIVATIVES AS MODULATORS OF THE SEROTONIN 5-HT2A RECEPTOR
CN101479261A (en) 2006-05-18 2009-07-08 艾尼纳制药公司 3-pyraz0lyl-benzamide-4-ethers, secondary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
NZ571829A (en) 2006-05-18 2011-10-28 Arena Pharm Inc Crystalline forms and processes for the preparation of phenyl-pyrazoles useful as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor
TWI415845B (en) 2006-10-03 2013-11-21 Arena Pharm Inc Pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
JP5393677B2 (en) 2007-08-15 2014-01-22 アリーナ ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine derivatives as modulators of 5-HT2A serotonin receptors for the treatment of disorders associated with 5-HT2A serotonin receptors
WO2009067621A1 (en) * 2007-11-21 2009-05-28 Decode Genetics Ehf Biaryl pde4 inhibitors for treating pulmonary and cardiovascular disorders
WO2009123714A2 (en) 2008-04-02 2009-10-08 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for the preparation of pyrazole derivatives useful as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor
WO2010062321A1 (en) 2008-10-28 2010-06-03 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes useful for the preparation of 1-[3-(4-bromo-2-methyl-2h-pyrazol-3-yl)-4-methoxy-phenyl]-3-(2,4-difluoro-phenyl)-urea and crystalline forms related thereto
CN102264354B (en) 2008-10-28 2015-03-25 艾尼纳制药公司 Compositions of 5-ht2a serotonin receptor modulator useful for treatment of disorders related thereto
US8980891B2 (en) 2009-12-18 2015-03-17 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline forms of certain 3-phenyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
CN104860907A (en) 2010-06-07 2015-08-26 诺沃梅迪科斯有限公司 Furanyl compounds and the use thereof
US9302989B2 (en) 2010-11-15 2016-04-05 Abbvie Inc. NAMPT and rock inhibitors
JP2017509587A (en) 2013-12-27 2017-04-06 ノーバス・インターナショナル・インコーポレイテッドＮｏｖｕｓ Ｉｎｔｅｒｎａｔｉｏｎａｌ，Ｉｎｃ． Ethoxylated surfactant
CA2989343A1 (en) 2015-06-12 2016-12-15 Yandong Wen Diaryl and arylheteroaryl urea derivatives useful for the prophylaxis and treatment of rem sleep behavior disorder
US10034859B2 (en) 2015-07-15 2018-07-31 Axovant Sciences Gmbh Diaryl and arylheteroaryl urea derivatives as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the prophylaxis and treatment of hallucinations associated with a neurodegenerative disease
EP3426636B1 (en) * 2016-03-07 2021-12-29 Northwestern University Specific 2-(4-(phenoxy)-1h-pyrazol-3-yl)phenol derivatives as inhibitors of c-myc/dna binding activity for treating cancer
US11142504B2 (en) 2016-03-07 2021-10-12 Northwestern University Substituted heterocycles as c-MYC targeting agents
US10368881B2 (en) 2016-06-03 2019-08-06 Quandary Medical, Llc Method and apparatus for minimally invasive posterolateral spinal fusion
US10584306B2 (en) 2017-08-11 2020-03-10 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma Surfactant microemulsions
WO2019060298A1 (en) 2017-09-19 2019-03-28 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement
US11717686B2 (en) 2017-12-04 2023-08-08 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to facilitate learning and performance
EP3731749A4 (en) 2017-12-31 2022-07-27 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC System and method for neuroenhancement to enhance emotional response
US11364361B2 (en) 2018-04-20 2022-06-21 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC System and method for inducing sleep by transplanting mental states
EP3844152A4 (en) 2018-08-31 2022-10-26 Northwestern University Substituted heterocycles as c-myc targeting agents
WO2020056418A1 (en) 2018-09-14 2020-03-19 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC System and method of improving sleep
WO2020257261A1 (en) 2019-06-17 2020-12-24 Northwestern University SUBSTITUTED HETEROCYCLES AS c-MYC TARGETING AGENTS
EP4236937A1 (en) * 2020-10-27 2023-09-06 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
TW202227404A (en) * 2020-10-27 2022-07-16 美商艾尼納製藥公司 Isoxazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
KR20220109339A (en) 2021-01-28 2022-08-04 주식회사 파미노젠 Pyrazole-carboxamide derivative compounds and uses thereof
AU2022310353A1 (en) * 2021-07-14 2024-02-01 Northeastern University Serotonin 5-ht2a, 5-ht2b, and 5-ht2c receptor inverse agonists
WO2023067520A1 (en) * 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline forms and processes for the preparation of pyrimidine derivatives useful as modulators of the 5-ht 2a serotonin receptor

Family Cites Families (96)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4099012A (en) 1975-08-28 1978-07-04 Ciba-Geigy Corporation 2-pyrazolyl-benzophenones
DE2926517A1 (en) 1979-06-30 1981-01-15 Beiersdorf Ag SUBSTITUTED 3-ARYL-PYRAZOLE AND 5-ARYL-ISOXAZOLE AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
DE2928485A1 (en) 1979-07-14 1981-01-29 Bayer Ag USE OF UREA DERIVATIVES AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT IN THE TREATMENT OF FATTY METABOLISM DISORDERS
US4985352A (en) 1988-02-29 1991-01-15 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York DNA encoding serotonin 1C (5HT1c) receptor, isolated 5HT1c receptor, mammalian cells expressing same and uses thereof
US5661024A (en) 1989-10-31 1997-08-26 Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation DNA encoding a human serotonic (5-HT2) receptor and uses thereof
US5077409A (en) 1990-05-04 1991-12-31 American Cyanamid Company Method of preparing bis-aryl amide and urea antagonists of platelet activating factor
US5128351A (en) 1990-05-04 1992-07-07 American Cyanamid Company Bis-aryl amide and urea antagonists of platelet activating factor
FR2682379B1 (en) 1991-10-09 1994-02-11 Rhone Poulenc Agrochimie NEW FUNGICIDAL PHENYLPYRAZOLES.
FR2690440B1 (en) 1992-04-27 1995-05-19 Rhone Poulenc Agrochimie Arylpyrazoles fungicides.
WO1995006044A1 (en) 1993-08-20 1995-03-02 Smithkline Beecham Plc Amide and urea derivatives as 5ht1d receptor antagonists
US5739135A (en) 1993-09-03 1998-04-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of microsomal triglyceride transfer protein and method
FR2722369B1 (en) 1994-07-13 1998-07-10 Rhone Poulenc Agrochimie FUNGICIDAL COMPOSITIONS BASED ON 3-PHENYL-PYRAZOLES FOR THE TREATMENT OF PLANT MULTIPLICATION MATERIALS, NEW 3-PHENYL-PYRAZOLES DERIVATIVES AND THEIR FUNGICIDAL APPLICATIONS
WO1996010559A1 (en) 1994-10-04 1996-04-11 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Urea derivatives and their use as acat-inhibitors
EP0808312B1 (en) 1995-02-02 2000-11-02 Smithkline Beecham Plc Indole derivatives as 5-ht receptor antagonist
EP0809492A4 (en) 1995-02-17 2007-01-24 Smithkline Beecham Corp Il-8 receptor antagonists
WO1997003967A1 (en) 1995-07-22 1997-02-06 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Limited Substituted aromatic compounds and their pharmaceutical use
US6054472A (en) 1996-04-23 2000-04-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated Inhibitors of IMPDH enzyme
US6005008A (en) 1996-02-16 1999-12-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation IL-8 receptor antagonists
GB9607219D0 (en) 1996-04-04 1996-06-12 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds
WO1997045400A1 (en) 1996-05-24 1997-12-04 Neurosearch A/S Phenyl derivatives containing an acidic group, their preparation and their use as chloride channel blockers
WO1997045111A1 (en) 1996-05-24 1997-12-04 Neurosearch A/S Phenyl derivatives useful as blockers of chloride channels
CZ425698A3 (en) 1996-06-27 1999-06-16 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Il-8 receptor antagonist
WO1998024785A1 (en) 1996-12-02 1998-06-11 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Indole-urea derivatives with 5-ht antagonist properties
US5760246A (en) 1996-12-17 1998-06-02 Biller; Scott A. Conformationally restricted aromatic inhibitors of microsomal triglyceride transfer protein and method
US6541209B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2003-04-01 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated human serotonin receptors and small molecule modulators thereof
US6696475B2 (en) 1997-04-22 2004-02-24 Neurosearch A/S Substituted phenyl derivatives, their preparation and use
JP2001521532A (en) 1997-04-22 2001-11-06 ニューロサーアチ・アクティーゼルスカブ Substituted phenyl derivatives, their production and use
CA2294064A1 (en) 1997-07-29 1999-02-11 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Il-8 receptor antagonists
ATE337298T1 (en) 1997-10-31 2006-09-15 Aventis Pharma Ltd SUBSTITUTED ANILIDES
US7517880B2 (en) 1997-12-22 2009-04-14 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Inhibition of p38 kinase using symmetrical and unsymmetrical diphenyl ureas
CZ301102B6 (en) 1997-12-22 2009-11-04 Bayer Corporation Substituted aryl ureas, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their use
JP3887769B2 (en) 1997-12-22 2007-02-28 バイエル コーポレイション Inhibition of p38 kinase using symmetric and asymmetric diphenylureas
AU764766B2 (en) 1998-04-14 2003-08-28 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated human serotonin receptors and small molecule modulators thereof
US6140509A (en) 1998-06-26 2000-10-31 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-endogenous, constitutively activated human serotonin receptors and small molecule modulators thereof
GB9816263D0 (en) 1998-07-24 1998-09-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
AP2001002103A0 (en) 1998-10-22 2001-03-31 Neurosearch As Substituted phenyl derivatives, their preparation and use.
US6150393A (en) 1998-12-18 2000-11-21 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Small molecule modulators of non-endogenous, constitutively activated human serotonin receptors
DE60044395D1 (en) 1999-03-26 2010-06-24 Euro Celtique Sa ARYLSUBSTITUTED PYRAZOLE, IMIDAZOLE, OXAZOLE, THIAZOLE AND PYRROLE, AND THEIR USE
GB9909409D0 (en) 1999-04-24 1999-06-23 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
WO2001021160A2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-03-29 Axxima Pharmaceuticals Aktiengesellschaft Carboxymide and aniline derivatives as selective inhibitors of pathogens
US6531291B1 (en) 1999-11-10 2003-03-11 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Antimicrobial activity of gemfibrozil and related compounds and derivatives and metabolites thereof
EP1108720A1 (en) 1999-12-08 2001-06-20 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Herbicidal 2-Pyrazolyl-6-Aryloxy-Pyri(mi)dines
FR2810979B1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-08-23 Adir NOVEL DIPHENYLUREA DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE SAME
WO2002039987A2 (en) 2000-11-14 2002-05-23 Neurosearch A/S Use of malaria parasite anion channel blockers for treating malaria
AR035521A1 (en) 2000-12-22 2004-06-02 Lundbeck & Co As H DERIVATIVES OF 3-INDOLIN AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS THEM
US20020156068A1 (en) * 2001-03-22 2002-10-24 Behan Dominic P. Anti-psychosis combination
KR100909141B1 (en) 2001-09-21 2009-07-23 브리스톨-마이어스스퀴브컴파니 Lactam-Containing Compounds and Derivatives thereof as Factor Xa Inhibitors
WO2003062206A2 (en) 2002-01-23 2003-07-31 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Small molecule modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2004028450A2 (en) 2002-09-24 2004-04-08 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process of making phenylpyrazoles useful as selective 5ht2a modulators and intermediates thereof
AU2003290638A1 (en) 2002-11-08 2004-06-03 Interdigital Technology Corporation Composite channel quality estimation techniques for wireless receivers
WO2004058722A1 (en) 2002-12-24 2004-07-15 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Diarylamine and arylheteroarylamine pyrazole derivatives as modulators of 5ht2a
CA2515544A1 (en) 2003-02-11 2004-08-26 Kemia Inc. Compounds for the treatment of viral infection
WO2004085433A2 (en) 2003-03-28 2004-10-07 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Llc Positive allosteric modulators of the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor
DE10315571A1 (en) 2003-04-05 2004-10-14 Merck Patent Gmbh pyrazole
GB0309781D0 (en) 2003-04-29 2003-06-04 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
EA009732B1 (en) 2003-07-22 2008-02-28 Арена Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Diaryl and arylheteroaryl urea derivatives as modulators of the 5-htserotonin receptor useful for the prophylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto
US20050054691A1 (en) 2003-08-29 2005-03-10 St. Jude Children's Research Hospital Carboxylesterase inhibitors
WO2005077345A1 (en) 2004-02-03 2005-08-25 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds for the treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux disease
ATE548353T1 (en) 2004-03-23 2012-03-15 Arena Pharm Inc METHOD FOR PRODUCING SUBSTITUTED N-ARYL-N'-Ä3-(1H-PYRAZOLE-5-YL)PHENYLÜ-UREAS AND INTERMEDIATE THEREOF.
US20060014705A1 (en) 2004-06-30 2006-01-19 Howitz Konrad T Compositions and methods for selectively activating human sirtuins
WO2006018662A2 (en) 2004-08-16 2006-02-23 Prosidion Limited Aryl urea derivatives for treating obesity
EP2332527A3 (en) 2004-10-20 2011-11-16 Resverlogix Corp. Flavanoids and Isoflavanoids for the prevention and treatment of cardiovascular diseases
AU2005302669A1 (en) 2004-10-27 2006-05-11 Neurogen Corporation Diaryl ureas as CB1 antagonists
WO2006049734A2 (en) 2004-10-29 2006-05-11 Hypnion, Inc. Quetiapine analogs and methods of use thereof
PE20061130A1 (en) 2004-11-19 2007-01-05 Arena Pharm Inc 3-PHENYL-PIRAZOLE DERIVATIVES AS MODULATORS OF THE SEROTONIN 5-HT2A RECEPTOR
AR051978A1 (en) 2004-12-01 2007-02-21 Divergence Inc PESTICIDED COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS
GB0426313D0 (en) 2004-12-01 2005-01-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
US20080015223A1 (en) 2004-12-03 2008-01-17 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrazole Derivatives as Modulators of the 5-Ht2a Serotonin Receptor Useful for the Treatment of Disorders Related Thereto
EP1831172B1 (en) 2004-12-28 2009-02-18 Council of Scientific and Industrial Research Substituted carbamic acid quinolin-6-yl esters useful as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors
PL1858877T3 (en) 2005-01-14 2014-08-29 Gilead Connecticut Inc 1,3 substituted diaryl ureas as modulators of kinase activity
CN101160127A (en) 2005-01-19 2008-04-09 艾尼纳制药公司 Diaryl and arylheteroaryl urea derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the prophylaxis or treatment of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy
AR052886A1 (en) 2005-01-26 2007-04-11 Arena Pharm Inc PROCEDURES TO PREPARE PHENYLPIRAZOL REPLACED UREAS AND TO OBTAIN YOUR SYNTHESIS INTERMEDIARIES
JP4937141B2 (en) 2005-01-27 2012-05-23 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Heterocyclic tetracyclic tetrahydrofuran derivatives as 5HT2 inhibitors in the treatment of CNS disorders
GT200600042A (en) 2005-02-10 2006-09-27 Aventis Pharma Inc BIS ARILO AND HETEROARILO COMPOUNDS REPLACED AS SELECTIVE ANTAGONISTS OF 5HT2A
WO2006089871A2 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Neurosearch A/S Diphenylurea derivatives useful as erg channel openers for the treatment of cardiac arrhythmias
GB0504828D0 (en) 2005-03-09 2005-04-13 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
GB0505437D0 (en) 2005-03-17 2005-04-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
GB0505725D0 (en) 2005-03-19 2005-04-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
TWI320783B (en) 2005-04-14 2010-02-21 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd Heterocyclic compound
US7494998B2 (en) 2005-04-26 2009-02-24 Hypnion, Inc. Benzisoxazole piperazine compounds and methods of use thereof
EP1734039A1 (en) 2005-06-13 2006-12-20 Esbatech AG Aryl urea compounds as BETA-secretase inhibitors
CA2613517A1 (en) 2005-06-27 2007-01-04 Exelixis, Inc. Pyrazole based lxr modulators
US8093401B2 (en) 2005-08-04 2012-01-10 Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sirtuin modulating compounds
AR055203A1 (en) 2005-08-31 2007-08-08 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd BENZOTIOPHENE DERIVATIVES WITH ANTIPSYTICAL PROPERTIES
JP2009533442A (en) 2006-04-10 2009-09-17 アリーナ ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド 3-pyridinyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of 5-HT2A serotonin receptors useful for the treatment of 5-HT2A serotonin receptor related disorders
GB0608655D0 (en) 2006-05-03 2006-06-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic Treatment
US8148417B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2012-04-03 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Primary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
EP2051978A2 (en) 2006-05-18 2009-04-29 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Acetamide derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
NZ571829A (en) 2006-05-18 2011-10-28 Arena Pharm Inc Crystalline forms and processes for the preparation of phenyl-pyrazoles useful as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor
CN101479261A (en) * 2006-05-18 2009-07-08 艾尼纳制药公司 3-pyraz0lyl-benzamide-4-ethers, secondary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
JP2010502618A (en) 2006-08-31 2010-01-28 アリーナ ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Benzofuran derivatives as modulators of serotonin 5-HT2A receptors
TWI415845B (en) 2006-10-03 2013-11-21 Arena Pharm Inc Pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
WO2008054748A2 (en) 2006-10-31 2008-05-08 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
JP5393677B2 (en) 2007-08-15 2014-01-22 アリーナ ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine derivatives as modulators of 5-HT2A serotonin receptors for the treatment of disorders associated with 5-HT2A serotonin receptors
JP2009196349A (en) 2008-01-25 2009-09-03 Canon Finetech Inc Barcode printing device and barcode printing method
US8980891B2 (en) 2009-12-18 2015-03-17 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline forms of certain 3-phenyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9987252B2 (en) 2006-05-18 2018-06-05 Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Primary amines and derivitves thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5406018B2 (en) 2014-02-05
US9987252B2 (en) 2018-06-05
EP2018371B1 (en) 2015-03-04
US20190070149A1 (en) 2019-03-07
US20140235622A1 (en) 2014-08-21
US20090197935A1 (en) 2009-08-06
JP2009537545A (en) 2009-10-29
HK1121448A1 (en) 2009-04-24
US8664258B2 (en) 2014-03-04
US9328107B2 (en) 2016-05-03
USRE45336E1 (en) 2015-01-13
ES2536762T3 (en) 2015-05-28
EP2018371A1 (en) 2009-01-28
WO2007136703A1 (en) 2007-11-29
US20170189381A1 (en) 2017-07-06
US8148417B2 (en) 2012-04-03
US20120270861A1 (en) 2012-10-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9987252B2 (en) Primary amines and derivitves thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US10781180B2 (en) 3-phenyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US10450276B2 (en) Ethers, secondary amines and derivatives thereof as modulators of the 5-HT2A serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto
US20080015223A1 (en) Pyrazole Derivatives as Modulators of the 5-Ht2a Serotonin Receptor Useful for the Treatment of Disorders Related Thereto
EP2004627A2 (en) 3-pyridinyl-pyrazole derivatives as modulators of the 5-ht2a serotonin receptor useful for the treatment of disorders related thereto

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ARENA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:TEEGARDEN, BRADLEY;CHAPMAN, DENNIS;CHOI, JUYI;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20081111 TO 20090116;REEL/FRAME:036687/0699

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION